Reporting - psers
Reporting - psers
Reporting - psers
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Public School<br />
Employees’<br />
Retirement System<br />
Employer<br />
Reference<br />
Manual<br />
2007-2008
PUBLIC SCHOOL EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM<br />
Employer’s Reference Manual<br />
for <strong>Reporting</strong><br />
Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />
5 North 5 th Street<br />
PO Box 125<br />
Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />
Employer Service Center<br />
Phone 1.888.773.7748 ext 4002<br />
Fax 717.783.8760<br />
E-mail: ContactESC@state.pa.us<br />
Web Address: www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us
Table of Contents<br />
Chapter 1<br />
Chapter 2<br />
Chapter 3<br />
Accessing the Online System........................................................................................1<br />
Setting Up Your Online User Names and Passwords......................................................................... 4<br />
Create New User Name......................................................................................................................................................5<br />
Edit an Existing User Name ...............................................................................................................................................6<br />
Set User Permissions..........................................................................................................................................................7<br />
Changing Your Security Administrator .............................................................................................................................9<br />
Entering Employer Contact Information .............................................................................................. 10<br />
Membership: Eligibility & Waivers .............................................................................13<br />
Employees Eligible for Membership ..................................................................................................... 13<br />
Full-Time Employees….....................................................................................................................................................13<br />
Part-Time Salaried Employees…....................................................................................................................................14<br />
Part-Time Hourly Employees… .......................................................................................................................................14<br />
Part-Time Per Diem Employees…..................................................................................................................................14<br />
Employees Who Work Part-Time for Several PSERS Employers at the Same Time… .......................................15<br />
Eligible Multiple Service Employees...............................................................................................................................15<br />
Part-Time in Your Employ, Full-Time with Another School Employer ......................................................................16<br />
Conditional Rules for Membership – Dependent on Other Factors ..........................................................................16<br />
Employees Ineligible for Membership .................................................................................................. 16<br />
Independent Contractors ..................................................................................................................................................16<br />
Persons Compensated on a Fee Basis..........................................................................................................................16<br />
School Crossing Guards...................................................................................................................................................17<br />
Retirees Returning to Work ..............................................................................................................................................17<br />
Other Ineligible Employees ..............................................................................................................................................17<br />
Quick Reference Table ............................................................................................................................. 18<br />
Exceptions to Membership Eligibility................................................................................................... 19<br />
Eligibility Questionnaire.....................................................................................................................................................19<br />
Waiving Membership When Employed Part-Time .......................................................................................................20<br />
Member Demographic Information ............................................................................23<br />
What is Member Demographic Information? ...................................................................................... 23<br />
How is Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? .......................................................... 24<br />
Member Demographic Info Sub-Menu ...........................................................................................................................24<br />
Member Demographic Information – Create or Change Online..................................................... 25<br />
Entering an Employee’s Member Demographic Information......................................................................................25<br />
Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870).....................................................................................26<br />
Member Demographic Information Window..........................................................................................................26<br />
Member Demographic Information Window..................................................................................................................27<br />
Saving the Member Demographic Information Record ...............................................................................................29<br />
Changing an Employee’s Member Demographic Information ...................................................................................30<br />
Member Demographic Information – Submit by Uploading a File................................................. 31<br />
Format for Member Demographic Information Files ....................................................................................................31<br />
Header of the Member Demographic Information File ................................................................................................32<br />
i
Record Lines in the Member Demographic Information File......................................................................................33<br />
Chapter 4<br />
Chapter 5<br />
Uploading a Member Demographic Information File.........................................................................34<br />
Member Demographic Info Work Area – File Window.......................................................................34<br />
Member Demographic Info Work Area – Record Detail Window....................................................35<br />
Access..................................................................................................................................................................................35<br />
Saving Your Changes .......................................................................................................................................................35<br />
Submitting the Records to PSERS.........................................................................................................35<br />
Member Contract Records ...........................................................................................37<br />
What are Member Contract Records? ...................................................................................................37<br />
Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One Employer.........................................................................38<br />
Employee Works a Full-Time Position Plus Other Positions......................................................................................38<br />
Employee Works Multiple Part-Time Positions but NO Full-Time Position .............................................................39<br />
How are Member Contract Records Transmitted to PSERS? .........................................................40<br />
Member Contract Info Sub-Menu....................................................................................................................................40<br />
Member Contract Records – Creating Individually............................................................................41<br />
Member Contract Information Window...........................................................................................................................42<br />
Saving the Member Contract Record .............................................................................................................................45<br />
Work Status Descriptions .................................................................................................................................................46<br />
Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that can be Purchased .......................................................................48<br />
Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that cannot be Purchased..................................................................49<br />
Work Status Quick Reference Table ..............................................................................................................................51<br />
Member Contract Records – Create by Uploading a File .................................................................52<br />
Format for Member Contract Information Files.............................................................................................................52<br />
Header of the Member Contract Information File.........................................................................................................53<br />
Record Lines in the Member Contract Information File...............................................................................................54<br />
Uploading a Member Contract Information File..................................................................................56<br />
Member Contract Info Work Area – File Window................................................................................56<br />
Member Contract Info Work Area – Record Detail Window.............................................................57<br />
Access..................................................................................................................................................................................57<br />
Saving Your Changes .......................................................................................................................................................57<br />
Submitting the Records to PSERS.........................................................................................................58<br />
Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee ..........................................58<br />
What You Do When an Employee… ..............................................................................................................................59<br />
Changing Member Contract Records Online ................................................................................................................60<br />
End-Dating a Member Contract Record.....................................................................................................................60<br />
Changing Member Contract Records by Submitting a File ........................................................................................62<br />
End-Dating a Member Contract Record.....................................................................................................................62<br />
Examples.............................................................................................................................................................................62<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – An Introduction ........................................................................................65<br />
What You Will Do Monthly, Quarterly, and Annually.........................................................................65<br />
Monthly: ...............................................................................................................................................................................65<br />
Quarterly, Annual, or As-Needed:...................................................................................................................................66<br />
What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and Contribution Rates ................................................66<br />
Qualified Earnings..............................................................................................................................................................66<br />
Part-Time Hourly and Per Diem Employees .................................................................................................................69<br />
Maximum Earnings Subject to Contributions ................................................................................................................70<br />
Unqualified Earnings (Non Retirement Covered Compensation)..............................................................................71<br />
Consequences of <strong>Reporting</strong> Earnings Incorrectly........................................................................................................74<br />
Determining Employee Contribution Rates .........................................................................................75<br />
Membership Contribution Coverage Group...................................................................................................................75<br />
Membership Class .........................................................................................................................................................75<br />
Quick Reference – When the Contribution Rate Changes.........................................................................................76<br />
Exceptions...........................................................................................................................................................................77<br />
ii
Chapter 6<br />
Chapter 7<br />
Chapter 8<br />
Chapter 9<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report..............................................................................79<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> by Pay Periods........................................................................................................................ 80<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> by Paycheck Date................................................................................................................... 81<br />
Payment Due Dates................................................................................................................................... 82<br />
Employee Working Multiple Jobs for You ........................................................................................... 82<br />
Changes in an Employee’s Work Status.............................................................................................. 83<br />
How are Work Reports Transmitted to PSERS? ................................................................................ 83<br />
Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Sub-Menu...............................................................................................................................................83<br />
Monthly Work Report – Create Online.................................................................................................. 84<br />
Monthly Work Report - Create by Uploading a File........................................................................... 85<br />
Format for Work Report Files...........................................................................................................................................85<br />
Header of the Work Report File.......................................................................................................................................86<br />
Record Lines in the Work Report File ............................................................................................................................87<br />
Uploading a Work Report File................................................................................................................. 90<br />
Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area ..................................................................................................................... 90<br />
File Window.........................................................................................................................................................................91<br />
Work Reports Created by File Upload........................................................................................................................91<br />
Work Reports Created Online......................................................................................................................................92<br />
Record Detail Window .............................................................................................................................. 93<br />
Access..................................................................................................................................................................................93<br />
Adding a Work Report Record.........................................................................................................................................94<br />
Using the Edit Window ......................................................................................................................................................95<br />
Work Report Record Fields ..............................................................................................................................................96<br />
Saving Your Changes .....................................................................................................................................................103<br />
Submitting the Monthly Work Report to PSERS.............................................................................. 103<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Ensuring the Monthly Work Report Is Complete and Correct ...105<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Works Multiple Positions for You ................................................. 106<br />
When an Employee’s Work Status Changes .................................................................................... 109<br />
If an Employee is Left off a Monthly Work Report........................................................................... 111<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence................................................................................113<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee on Leave........................................................................................................ 113<br />
Contributing Leaves.........................................................................................................................................................113<br />
Non-Contributing Leaves that Can Be Purchased Later...........................................................................................114<br />
Non-Contributing Leaves that CANNOT Be Purchased Later .................................................................................115<br />
Notes about Leaves.........................................................................................................................................................115<br />
When the Employee Returns from Leave .......................................................................................... 117<br />
If the Employee Does NOT Return from Paid Leave.................................................................................................118<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Service Time............................................................................................119<br />
How to Report Service Time ................................................................................................................. 120<br />
How to Calculate Service Time............................................................................................................. 120<br />
Hourly Employees............................................................................................................................................................120<br />
Per Diem Employees.......................................................................................................................................................121<br />
Full-Time Salaried Employees.......................................................................................................................................121<br />
Part-Time Salaried Employees......................................................................................................................................122<br />
Example Service Calculation for Part-Time Salaried Coach....................................................................................124<br />
Employees Working Multiple Positions ........................................................................................................................125<br />
Employees on a Non-Contributing Leave....................................................................................................................125<br />
Employee Terminates Service During the Year ............................................................................... 125<br />
Hourly and Per Diem .......................................................................................................................................................125<br />
Salaried..............................................................................................................................................................................125<br />
Member Contract Record ...............................................................................................................................................126<br />
iii
Chapter 10<br />
Chapter 11<br />
Chapter 12<br />
Chapter 13<br />
Chapter 14<br />
Chapter 15<br />
Chapter 16<br />
Chapter 17<br />
General Rules ............................................................................................................................................126<br />
Verifying Your Reported Service Time is Correct ............................................................................127<br />
How to Correct Reported Service Errors............................................................................................127<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments...................................................................129<br />
When to Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record.......................................................................129<br />
What Information is in a Work Report Adjustment Record............................................................130<br />
Interest for Late Contributions..............................................................................................................130<br />
Adjustments to Fiscal Years Prior to 2004-2005...............................................................................130<br />
How are Work Report Adjustments Transmitted to PSERS? ........................................................131<br />
Adjustments sub-menu ...................................................................................................................................................131<br />
Work Report Adjustments – Create a Manual Report Online ........................................................131<br />
Work Report Adjustments - Create by Uploading a File.................................................................133<br />
Format for Work Report Adjustment Files .........................................................................................133<br />
Header of the Work Report Adjustment File ...............................................................................................................134<br />
Record Lines in the Work Report Adjustment File .....................................................................................................136<br />
Uploading a Work Report Adjustment File.........................................................................................138<br />
Adjustments Work Area..........................................................................................................................138<br />
File Window.......................................................................................................................................................................139<br />
Work Report Adjustments Created by File Upload ................................................................................................139<br />
Work Report Adjustments Created Online ..............................................................................................................139<br />
Record Detail Window.............................................................................................................................140<br />
Access................................................................................................................................................................................140<br />
Adding a Work Report Adjustment Record .................................................................................................................140<br />
Using the Edit Window ....................................................................................................................................................141<br />
Work Report Adjustment Record Fields.......................................................................................................................143<br />
Saving Your Changes .....................................................................................................................................................149<br />
Submitting the Work Report Adjustment(s) to PSERS ...................................................................149<br />
Work Report Adjustments – Examples ...............................................................................................150<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> Information that was Previously OMITTED...............................................................................................150<br />
Salary/Contributions Not Reported ...........................................................................................................................150<br />
Employees Work Report was Rejected ...................................................................................................................151<br />
Adjusting Information that was Reported INCORRECTLY.......................................................................................152<br />
Incorrect Salary/Contributions Previously Reported..............................................................................................152<br />
Incorrect Service Time was Previously Reported ..................................................................................................152<br />
Incorrect Member Purchase of Service Installments .............................................................................................153<br />
Arbitration and Court Decision Payments....................................................................................................................153<br />
Non-Arbitration/Court-Awarded Lump Sum Payments .............................................................................................155<br />
Retroactive Salary Increases Due to Late Contract Settlement ..........................................................................155<br />
Back Pay Award ...........................................................................................................................................................155<br />
Information Sub—Menu ..............................................................................................157<br />
Member Demographics and Contract Records ..........................................................................................................157<br />
Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments .............................................................................................................158<br />
Submitting Records by Uploading Files.................................................................159<br />
Correctly Formatting Files .........................................................................................161<br />
Uploading an Information File...................................................................................163<br />
Work Area – File Window ...........................................................................................167<br />
Created by File Upload ...................................................................................................................................................167<br />
Manual Files Created Online .........................................................................................................................................169<br />
Work Area – Record Detail Window.........................................................................171<br />
Submitting Records to PSERS..................................................................................175<br />
iv
Chapter 18<br />
Chapter 19<br />
Chapter 20<br />
Chapter 21<br />
Chapter 22<br />
How PSERS Responds to Work Reports and Payments....................................177<br />
Employer Statement of Accounts........................................................................................................ 178<br />
Accounts within the Statement ..................................................................................................................................179<br />
Statement Header........................................................................................................................................................179<br />
Account Transactions..................................................................................................................................................180<br />
Account Totals..............................................................................................................................................................182<br />
Employees Missing from the Employer Statement of Accounts..........................................................................182<br />
Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter...............................................................................................................182<br />
Remaining Balance Due After Estimated Payment ...............................................................................................183<br />
Remaining Credit After Estimated Payment............................................................................................................183<br />
No Wages and Contributions Report for Employees Entered as Members of PSERS...................................183<br />
Employer’s Member Current Account Balance Report .................................................................. 184<br />
Payments – Remitting to PSERS ..............................................................................185<br />
Due Dates................................................................................................................................................... 185<br />
Member (Employee) Contributions ...............................................................................................................................186<br />
Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments ............................................................................................187<br />
Employer Contributions...................................................................................................................................................188<br />
Employer Share Income Aid Ratio & Reimbursements - Act 29 .........................................................................189<br />
Administering Act 29 Subsidies.................................................................................................................................189<br />
Income Aid Ratio..........................................................................................................................................................189<br />
Subsidy Distribution.....................................................................................................................................................189<br />
Non-School Entities & Act 29.....................................................................................................................................189<br />
Delinquency Interest Calculations ...................................................................................................... 190<br />
Avoiding Interest Charges ..............................................................................................................................................192<br />
When your Employer Statement of Accounts shows a different due amount than you remitted.......................193<br />
If the total amount remitted is lower than the charge.............................................................................................193<br />
If the total amount remitted exceeds the charge ....................................................................................................193<br />
Methods of Remittance .......................................................................................................................... 194<br />
Payment By Check with a Payment Coupon ..............................................................................................................194<br />
Payment By Check WITHOUT a Payment Coupon...............................................................................................195<br />
Completion of Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions Coupon (PSRS-70) ......................................195<br />
Completion of Monthly Remittance of Member POS Installments Coupon (PSRS-2025)..............................196<br />
Completion of Employer Contribution Remittance (PSRS-608) ..........................................................................196<br />
Payment by Automated Clearing House (ACH) .........................................................................................................197<br />
Internet Method ............................................................................................................................................................197<br />
Touch-tone Method......................................................................................................................................................198<br />
ACH Payment Corrections .........................................................................................................................................198<br />
ACH Assistance ...........................................................................................................................................................198<br />
If Payments Are Not Received by PSERS.......................................................................................... 198<br />
School Districts.................................................................................................................................................................198<br />
Charter Schools................................................................................................................................................................198<br />
Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported.........................................199<br />
Credit for Contributions for Part-Time Employees.......................................................................... 200<br />
Credit for Salaries & Contributions During a Leave of Absence ................................................. 202<br />
Health Insurance ...........................................................................................................205<br />
Contacting PSERS........................................................................................................207<br />
Contacting PSERS through the Online System ............................................................................... 207<br />
Contacting PSERS by Telephone or Fax ........................................................................................... 208<br />
Contacting PSERS by Mail .................................................................................................................... 208<br />
Contacting PSERS by Email ................................................................................................................. 208<br />
Obtaining PSERS Forms........................................................................................................................ 209<br />
Forms within the Online System....................................................................................................................................209<br />
Forms on the PSERS Website ......................................................................................................................................210<br />
Paper Forms .....................................................................................................................................................................210<br />
v
Chapter<br />
1<br />
Accessing the Online System<br />
The PSERS online system will be used to submit most reports and information.<br />
Before attempting any procedure described in this manual, ensure that you know<br />
how to access the system and that your contact information is correct. These<br />
procedures are described in this section.<br />
To access PSERS’ online system, search in Web browser (Internet Explorer version<br />
5.5 or later) to:<br />
http://www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us<br />
You will see the following screen:<br />
This screen will tell you if the Employer Web Applications are currently available.<br />
Click the “Employers” tab on the upper right-hand side of the screen. The following<br />
screen will appear<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
1
Click the yellow arrow on the right hand side of the screen where it reads “PSERS<br />
Pension Administration System”. This will take you to the Terms and Conditions page.<br />
You must first scroll down and accept the terms and conditions in order to reach the<br />
log on screen.<br />
2<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
You will see the following screen:<br />
Enter the User Name and Password set up for you by PSERS or by your Security<br />
Administrator. If you do not have a User Name set up yet, see Setting Up Your<br />
Online User Names and Passwords on page 4.<br />
After entering your User Name and Password, click “Submit.” The system’s<br />
Employer Services main page appears:<br />
This is your main screen for the online system. All of the online functions described<br />
in this Employer’s Reference Manual for <strong>Reporting</strong> are accessed from the left-hand<br />
menu on this screen.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
3
Setting Up Your Online User Names and Passwords<br />
Before you can begin using the online system, you (the employer) must designate<br />
someone to be a Security Administrator for the online system. This Security<br />
Administrator will set up users at your location and will maintain these users’<br />
accounts.<br />
Follow the procedures found on page 9, Changing Your Security Administrator, if<br />
your Security Administrator leaves or changes.<br />
Your Security Administrator must be set up with a User Name and Password to begin<br />
using the online system. To request this, you must complete a PSERS Employer<br />
Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form and submit this to PSERS.<br />
PSERS Employer Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form<br />
You may access the PSERS Employer Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270)<br />
form on the PSERS website or by calling the Employer Service Center toll-free at<br />
1-888-773-7748, extension 4002.<br />
You must fill out the PSERS Employer Security Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270)<br />
form and return it to PSERS within one month of accepting the role of Security<br />
Administrator so that you can begin submitting your reports. PSERS will process your<br />
request and will send your Security Administrator a letter with an Initial User Name and a<br />
separate e-mail with an initial Password.<br />
4<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Up to four Security Administrators can be set up per employer. Not all of the<br />
employees who use the online system need to be administrators. Your Security<br />
Administrator has full access to the online system and can set up additional User<br />
Names and Passwords for each employee who will be using the online system on a<br />
regular basis. This setup process is described next.<br />
Create New User Name<br />
To set up a new User Name and Password, the Security Administrator must first log<br />
in with their User Name, because the Security Administrator is the only one able to<br />
set up new users. The Security Administrators initial User Name that PSERS creates<br />
for you has this permission.<br />
After logging in, click “Admin Functions” in the left-hand menu on the screen. The<br />
Admin Functions sub-menu opens. In this sub-menu, click “Create User.” The<br />
following screen appears:<br />
Enter the user’s last name, first name, email address, and phone number in the<br />
indicated fields.<br />
In the User ID field, enter the User Name that this person will use to log into the<br />
online system. The standard for the User Name is to enter the first letter of the user’s<br />
first name, the user’s full last name, an underscore (_), and your 6-digit PSERS<br />
Employer ID number. If your PSERS Employer ID is shorter than 6 digits, add one or<br />
two zeroes to the beginning to make it a 6-digit number.<br />
Example: John Doe works for PSERS Employer 5125. John’s User ID would be<br />
JDOE_005125.<br />
If another user already exists in the online system with this same User ID,<br />
create the additional User ID by adding the consecutive letters of the user’s first<br />
name after the first letter of the User ID.<br />
Example: Jane Doe also works for Employer 5125 and also needs access to the<br />
online system. Enter her User ID as: JADOE_005125.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
5
After entering information in all fields, click “Submit.”<br />
If the User Name you entered is valid, you will see the message, “Msg – User created<br />
successfully” followed by the User Name. You must communicate the User Name to<br />
the user so that this person can access the system. The system will generate a<br />
Password and email it to the user.<br />
If the User Name you entered is already in use by someone else, you will see the<br />
message, “Error – The User Name already exists. Please choose a different ID.” In<br />
this case, enter a different User Name as described above, reenter the password,<br />
and click “Submit” again.<br />
Edit an Existing User Name<br />
If you have created any User Names, you may edit these. Click “Admin Functions”<br />
in the left-hand menu on the screen. The Admin Functions sub-menu opens. In this<br />
sub-menu, click “Edit User.” The following window appears on the screen:<br />
To view information about any User Name listed, click “Info” next to the appropriate<br />
User Name. This will take you to the screen shown under Create New User Name.<br />
You may edit any field, including the password for this User Name.<br />
To receive a new Password, click “Reset” next to the appropriate User Name. You<br />
will see the message, “Msg – User password has been reset.”<br />
6<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Set User Permissions<br />
You may set the permissions for any User Name to allow this user access to only the<br />
portions of the online system needed for that person’s job.<br />
Click “Admin Functions” in the left-hand menu on the screen. The Admin Functions<br />
sub-menu opens. In this sub-menu, click “User Permissions.” The following screen<br />
appears:<br />
Locate the person whose permissions you want to edit and click “Edit” next to that<br />
User Name. The following screen appears:<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
7
The permission options allow or block access to each part of the online system.<br />
Each permission option refers to a screen that can be accessed from the left-hand<br />
menu or from a sub-menu. You can allow the user to view a screen but not enter<br />
information into it by selecting “Read” and deselecting “Update.” To block all access<br />
to a screen, deselect BOTH the “Read” and “Update” options for that screen. To<br />
allow the user full access to a screen, select BOTH options.<br />
Example: To allow the user to view the “Contact Info” screen (by clicking “Contact<br />
Info” in the left-hand menu), select the “Read” option next to “Contact Info.” To allow<br />
the user to enter, edit, or delete information within the Contact Info screen, also select<br />
the “Update” option.<br />
Select all permissions this user is allowed to perform. Deselect all functions<br />
this user should be blocked from performing.<br />
Most of the permission options are self-explanatory as you read through this<br />
Employer’s Reference Manual for <strong>Reporting</strong>. A few functions are described briefly<br />
below:<br />
Account Details: These permission options control whether or not the selected<br />
user is allowed to click “Account Details” in the left-hand menu and go to the<br />
Account Details screen. The Account Details screen shows basic information<br />
about your account with PSERS and also allows you to view your monthly<br />
Employer Statement of Accounts online. See How PSERS Responds to Work<br />
Reports and Payments on page 177.<br />
Adjustments/Create Adjustments: These permission options control whether<br />
or not the user can view and create Work Report Adjustments, as describing in<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
Forms: These permission options control whether or not the user can view and<br />
use PSERS forms within the online system. See Obtaining PSERS Forms on<br />
page 209.<br />
Contact PSERS: These permission options control whether or not the selected<br />
user is allowed to click “Contact PSERS” in the left-hand menu and go to the<br />
Contact PSERS screen. The Contact PSERS screen shows how to reach<br />
PSERS and allows the user to email PSERS directly by filling out an online<br />
form. See Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />
When done setting permissions for this user, click “Submit.” You will see the<br />
message, “Msg – User screen permission has been changed successfully.” If you<br />
receive an error message, contact the Employer Service Center for assistance.<br />
If you need to reset the permissions to the way they were before you entered this<br />
screen, click “Reset” rather than “Submit.”<br />
8<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Changing Your Security Administrator<br />
Your Security Administrator has full access to the online system. If the individual who<br />
has been serving as your Security Administrator leaves your employ or changes to<br />
another position, you should remove this person’s access to the system. You must<br />
also establish a new Security Administrator in this case.<br />
To remove the old Security Administrator, fill out the PSERS Employer Security<br />
Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form and check the box marked “Delete<br />
Employer Security Administrator.” In the rest of the form, enter information about the<br />
old Security Administrator who should be removed.<br />
To establish the new Security Administrator, fill out the PSERS Employer Security<br />
Administrator Authorization (PSRS-1270) form and check the box marked “Create<br />
Employer Security Administrator.” In the rest of the form, enter information about the<br />
new individual who will be serving as Security Administrator.<br />
Submit BOTH forms to:<br />
Employer Service Center<br />
Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />
PO Box 125<br />
Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />
or fax them to: (717) 783-8760<br />
If the Security Administrator replacement is urgent, contact PSERS’ Employer<br />
Service Center by telephone at:<br />
or fax to<br />
1-888-773-7748, extension 4002<br />
1-717-783-8760<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
9
Entering Employer Contact Information<br />
There are many occasions when PSERS needs to contact an employer. To ensure<br />
that PSERS communicates with the correct person about each issue, keep all of your<br />
contact information current.<br />
To update the contact information, click “Contact Info” in the left-hand menu on the<br />
screen. The “Employer Contact Info” window appears.<br />
Use this window to enter information about who handles the various types of work at<br />
your place of business. Start by clicking the drop-down menu button beside “Monthly<br />
Reports” in the Contact Type field, as shown in the following screen sample:<br />
A list of contact types appears in a scroll box, as pictured above. These contact<br />
types are described next:<br />
10<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Monthly Reports<br />
Employer Newsletter<br />
Refunds<br />
Retirements<br />
Business Manager<br />
Information Technology<br />
Healthcare<br />
Superintendents<br />
Member Newsletter<br />
Purchase of Service<br />
Receivables<br />
Enrollments<br />
Employer Statement of<br />
Accounts<br />
Employee Statement of<br />
Account<br />
Purchase of Service<br />
The person who will submit monthly Work Reports to<br />
PSERS<br />
The person who should receive a PSERS newsletter with<br />
information pertaining to business operations<br />
The person who should be contacted regarding any<br />
refunds of contributions being processed for a former<br />
employee<br />
The person who handles retirement application<br />
processing within your district or entity<br />
The Business Manager or person in charge of Accounting<br />
The person in charge of your Information Technology<br />
(computer) needs<br />
The person who handles the health care<br />
program/insurance for your employees<br />
For a school district, this is the District Superintendent.<br />
For a charter school, this is the Director, Principal, Board<br />
Chairperson, or other relevant position. For a non-school<br />
entity, this is the CEO, President, or other individual who<br />
oversees the activities of the entire entity.<br />
The person who should receive a copy of all newsletters<br />
that PSERS sends to its members (your employees)<br />
The person who coordinates the payments of Purchase of<br />
Service for the members (employees) and employer<br />
The person who enters Member Demographic Records<br />
and Member Contract Records for employees.<br />
The person(s) who receives Employer Statement of<br />
Accounts (billings) from PSERS. This Employer<br />
Statement of Accounts shows the following activity:<br />
• Member Savings<br />
• Employer Share<br />
• Member Purchase of Service Payments<br />
The Employee Statement of Accounts (billings)<br />
information is included in the Employer Statement of<br />
Accounts. See Employer Statement of Accounts above.<br />
The Purchase of Service information is included in the<br />
Employer Statement of Accounts. See Employer<br />
Statement of Accounts above.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
11
It may be necessary to scroll up or down to see some of the contact types. As part of<br />
the setup process, select each contact type in turn and enter detailed contact<br />
information about the person who handles this type of work.<br />
Example: The NPAS School District enters information about their Business<br />
Manager as follows:<br />
You can click “Delete Contact Info” to clear all the information on the screen or<br />
“Cancel” to exit the screen without saving any information.<br />
When done entering information for a particular Contact Type, click “Update Contact<br />
Info” at the bottom of the window.<br />
• The information you entered will be checked for validity. If any errors or<br />
exceptions occur, you will see an error message in red near the top of the<br />
window. Errors must be corrected. Exceptions are shown for your<br />
information; you may save and exit with the exception still in place. After<br />
correcting any errors, click “Update Contact Info” again.<br />
• When all information passes the validity check, you will see the message,<br />
“Msg - Contact updated successfully.”<br />
12<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
2<br />
Membership: Eligibility & Waivers<br />
This section contains guidelines about which employees are eligible for membership<br />
with PSERS. An employee becomes a member when you create a Member<br />
Demographic and a Member Contract Record for PSERS.<br />
Employees Eligible for Membership<br />
The following is a list of employees who are eligible for membership with PSERS.<br />
You must add all potentially eligible employees by the 10 th of the month following<br />
their first day of employment.<br />
Part-time employees may request a waiver from PSERS membership. A waiver<br />
must be requested of each employer, as described in Waiving Membership When<br />
Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />
Full-Time Employees…<br />
• Work 5 hours or more a day, 5 days a week or its equivalent (25 or more<br />
hours a week). Employees who meet these requirements must be<br />
reported as full-time even if the employer considers them part-time.<br />
• Are required by law to become members of PSERS.<br />
• Must have their salaries, retirement deductions, and service units<br />
reported to PSERS through monthly Work Report Records.<br />
• Service time must be reported monthly for hourly and per diem<br />
employees. Salaried employees’ service time may be reported monthly<br />
or annually.<br />
• Must have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day of<br />
service.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
13
Part-Time Salaried Employees…<br />
• Are contracted to work less than 5 hours a day, 5 days a week or its<br />
equivalent (less than 25 hours a week).<br />
• Are required by law to become members of PSERS.<br />
• Must have their salaries and retirement deductions reported to PSERS<br />
through monthly Work Report Records. Service time may be reported<br />
monthly or annually.<br />
• Must have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day of<br />
service unless PSERS membership is waived. See Waiving<br />
Membership When Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />
Part-time salaried employees include coaches and adjunct professors unless<br />
specifically contracted as part-time hourly or part-time per diem. If the coach or<br />
professor is a retiree, see Retirees Returning to Work on page 17.<br />
Part-Time Hourly Employees…<br />
• Work less than 5 hours a day or its equivalent of 25 hours a week.<br />
• Are hired and paid on an hourly basis.<br />
• Must have their wages, retirement deductions (when applicable), and<br />
service time reported to PSERS through monthly Work Report Records.<br />
See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report on page 79.<br />
• May have retirement deductions withheld beginning with the first day of<br />
service; however, retirement deductions are required to begin with the<br />
500th hour of service in each fiscal (school) year unless PSERS<br />
membership is waived. See Waiving Membership When Employed Parttime<br />
on page 20.<br />
Part-Time Per Diem Employees…<br />
• Work less than 5 days a week. A workday must be a minimum of 5 hours<br />
to be considered a full day.<br />
• Are hired and paid on a day-to-day basis.<br />
• Must have their wages, retirement deductions (when applicable), and<br />
service time reported to PSERS through monthly Work Report Records.<br />
See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report on page 79.<br />
• May have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day of<br />
service; however, retirement deductions must begin with the 80th day of<br />
service in each fiscal (school) year unless PSERS membership is waived.<br />
See Waiving Membership When Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />
14<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Employees Who Work Part-Time for Several PSERS<br />
Employers at the Same Time…<br />
• Work for each employer for less than 5 hours a day and/or less than 5<br />
days a week, or its equivalent of less than 25 hours a week.<br />
• Must have their salaries and retirement deductions (when applicable)<br />
reported to PSERS by each employer through monthly Work Report<br />
Records. Service time may be reported either monthly or annually if the<br />
employee is salaried but must be reported monthly if the employee is paid<br />
hourly or per diem.<br />
• Who are paid hourly or per diem may have retirement deductions<br />
withheld beginning the first day of service. Retirement deductions are<br />
required to begin when the member reaches the 80 th day or 500 th hour.<br />
PSERS will track the combined service and notify the employers when to<br />
begin retirement deductions. See Waiving Membership When Employed<br />
Part-time on page 20.<br />
PSERS realizes it is difficult for employers to determine when an employee<br />
qualifies on a combined employer basis, so we determine this automatically:<br />
• If you do not withhold contributions for an employee who qualifies, we<br />
notify you to begin withholding contributions.<br />
• If you withhold contributions from the first day of employment, but the<br />
employee never qualifies for membership during that fiscal (school) year,<br />
we credit your contributions to your account automatically after the end of<br />
the fiscal year. In this case, the contributions you paid for this employee<br />
are credited to your account with PSERS after all of the combined<br />
employers have submitted their final Work Report for the fiscal year. If<br />
the employee requests a refund of withheld contributions, PSERS will<br />
work directly with the employee to refund their contributions.<br />
• If the employee qualifies for membership and the employer did not<br />
withhold contributions from the first day of employment, PSERS will<br />
automatically send a Statement of Amount Due to both the employee and<br />
the employer.<br />
For more information, see Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on<br />
page 199.<br />
Eligible Multiple Service Employees<br />
Employees who work in BOTH Pennsylvania state service and Pennsylvania public<br />
school service are eligible for membership with PSERS. Report these employees as<br />
usual. It is up to your employee to complete a Multiple Service membership form.<br />
• Qualifications is based on ONLY the PSERS employment, so an employee<br />
who works part-time for a PSERS employer must qualify for membership just<br />
as any other part-time employee.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
15
Part-Time in Your Employ, Full-Time with Another School<br />
Employer<br />
Employees who work full-time with another school employer but part-time in your<br />
employ automatically qualify for retirement contributions from the first day of<br />
employment. All salaries must be reported and retirement contributions deducted<br />
from the first day of service.<br />
Conditional Rules for Membership – Dependent on Other<br />
Factors<br />
is eligible if:<br />
is ineligible if:<br />
A Federally Funded<br />
Employee…<br />
A Student age 15 or<br />
older…<br />
A Retiree…<br />
A Community College<br />
or State System of<br />
Higher Education<br />
University Employee…<br />
paid by the school employer<br />
using federal funds.<br />
service was not part of the<br />
student’s curriculum.<br />
he or she does not return to<br />
service under the provisions of<br />
Act 2004-63*.<br />
he or she is not contributing<br />
to an alternate retirement plan<br />
(e.g., TIAA-CREF)<br />
paid directly from federal funds<br />
and not by the school employer.<br />
service was part of the student’s<br />
curriculum.<br />
he or she returns to work under<br />
the provisions of Act 2004-63*.<br />
he or she is contributing to an<br />
alternate retirement plan (e.g.,<br />
TIAA-CREF)<br />
For more information on Act 2004-63 see Retirees Returning to Work on page 17.<br />
Employees Ineligible for Membership<br />
The following types of employees are ineligible for PSERS membership. Do not<br />
create records for these employees or include them in your monthly Work Reports,<br />
except as noted. If an employee does not fall into a clear category, and you are<br />
uncertain whether or not this employee is eligible for PSERS membership, see<br />
Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19.<br />
Independent Contractors<br />
A person performing services as an independent contractor is not eligible for<br />
membership in PSERS. See Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19 if you<br />
are uncertain whether an individual is an employee or an independent contractor.<br />
Persons Compensated on a Fee Basis<br />
A person compensated on a fee basis is not eligible for membership in PSERS.<br />
16<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
School Crossing Guards<br />
An amendment made in 2000 to the (Pennsylvania) Township and Borough Codes<br />
specifically prohibits school crossing guards from membership in PSERS. School<br />
boards do not have the statutory authority to employ school crossing guards. Only<br />
a borough, a first or second-class township or a third class city can employ<br />
persons in such positions. These municipalities can allow school districts to<br />
assume the hiring and oversight of school crossing guards. Even if this is done,<br />
the guards are expressly excluded as school employees and, therefore, are not<br />
eligible for membership in PSERS.<br />
Retirees Returning to Work<br />
With the passage of Act 2004-63, PSERS retirees may return to Pennsylvania public<br />
school employment without suspension of their monthly retirement benefit under<br />
certain conditions. A retiree can be hired in an emergency situation that causes an<br />
impairment of service to the public, shortage of subject certified teachers or other<br />
personnel, or in an extracurricular position under a separate written contract.<br />
• When a retiree returns to work and does not meet the conditions in Act<br />
2004-63, contact the Employer Service Center to report this member’s<br />
return to service. PSERS will need a written confirmation from the<br />
employer and another from the employee indicating the following:<br />
1. The date the employee will return to service.<br />
2. The employee understands that the PSERS pension will be stopped.<br />
• Once PSERS notifies employer that verifications were received, you must<br />
create a Member Demographic Record for the retiree reported from the first<br />
day of employment.<br />
• The retirees monthly pension benefit will be suspended until that time<br />
when the employee is ready to retire again.<br />
• Refer to the Employer’s Reference Manual for Member Benefits chapter 6<br />
entitled Retirees – Employment After Retirement for more details.<br />
Other Ineligible Employees<br />
If an employee does not fit into any category of employment described in this section,<br />
see Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19 for more information.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
17
Quick Reference Table<br />
Type of Employment<br />
Full-time employee<br />
Part-time salaried<br />
employee*<br />
Full-time employee with<br />
another Pennsylvania<br />
public school employer,<br />
part-time with you<br />
Full-time employee with<br />
the Commonwealth of<br />
Pennsylvania (state<br />
employee), part-time with<br />
you<br />
Full-time employee with<br />
the Commonwealth of<br />
Pennsylvania (state<br />
employee), part-time with<br />
you<br />
Part-time hourly *<br />
Part-time per diem*<br />
Part-time with several<br />
school employers<br />
Federally funded<br />
PSERS Annuitant<br />
Employment under<br />
provisions of Act 2004-63<br />
PSERS Annuitant<br />
(Non-emergency – return<br />
to service)<br />
Tax Collector, Solicitor,<br />
Doctor, Dentist,<br />
Consultant, Psychologist<br />
Description<br />
Works 5 hours or more a day/5 days a<br />
week, or its equivalent (25 or more<br />
hours a week).<br />
Is contracted to work less than 5 hours a<br />
day/5 days a week, or its equivalent<br />
(less than 25 hours a week).<br />
Works full-time with another<br />
Pennsylvania public school employer,<br />
but only works part-time with you.<br />
Employee elected Multiple Service<br />
status and is working full-time for the<br />
State and part-time for you.<br />
Employee did not elect Multiple Service<br />
status and is working full-time for the<br />
State and part-time for you.<br />
Works less than 5 hours a day and is<br />
paid on an hourly basis.<br />
Works less than 5 days a week and paid<br />
on a day-to-day basis with a minimum<br />
5 hours a day.<br />
Refers to part-time hourly and part-time<br />
per diem.<br />
Same requirements as part-time and<br />
full-time employees unless federal funds<br />
are paid directly to the employee.<br />
Act 2004-63 permits an annuitant to<br />
work for a public school in emergency,<br />
shortage of personnel, and<br />
extracurricular employment under fulltime<br />
and part-time.<br />
The annuitant becomes an active<br />
member. Annuitant’s monthly benefit<br />
stops. Follow requirements for type of<br />
employment under full-time and parttime.<br />
Certain positions may not meet the true<br />
employer-employee relationship for<br />
member eligibility.<br />
Creation of Member Demographic<br />
Record<br />
Mandatory<br />
Mandatory unless waiver approved<br />
Mandatory<br />
Create a Member Demographic Record<br />
immediately, but contributions may begin<br />
later (contribution status is based only on<br />
the employment with PSERS<br />
employers). 1,2<br />
See rules for part-time employment.<br />
Create a Member Demographic Record<br />
immediately, but contributions may begin<br />
later. 1<br />
Create a Member Demographic Record<br />
immediately, but contributions may begin<br />
later. 2<br />
Create a Member Demographic Record<br />
immediately, but contributions may begin<br />
later. 1,2<br />
Create a Member Demographic Record<br />
unless the employee is paid directly by the<br />
federal program.<br />
DO NOT Create a Member Demographic<br />
Record and do not report through<br />
monthly Work Report Records.<br />
Create a Member Demographic Record<br />
immediately, notify PSERS to have the<br />
monthly benefit stopped so that the<br />
member is not overpaid.<br />
See Exceptions to Membership Eligibility<br />
on page 19.<br />
*Can waive membership - See Waiving Membership When Employed Part-time on page 20.<br />
1 Contributions are mandatory beginning with 500 th hour unless waiver approved. 2 Contributions<br />
are mandatory beginning with 80 th day unless waiver approved.<br />
18<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Exceptions to Membership Eligibility<br />
Eligibility Questionnaire<br />
To prevent creating a Member Demographic Record for an employee who is<br />
ineligible for membership in PSERS, the employer must complete a Questionnaire to<br />
Determine PSERS Eligibility (PSRS-349) for employees in classifications the same<br />
as or similar to those listed below:<br />
• Tax Collector<br />
• Solicitor<br />
• Doctor<br />
• Dentist<br />
• Consultant<br />
• Psychologist<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
19
PSERS will review the questionnaire and will let you know if you must create a<br />
Member Demographic Record for this employee. As a time-saver, information does<br />
not need to be submitted for employees who are clearly ineligible for membership.<br />
Waiving Membership When Employed Part-Time<br />
Any part-time employee (salaried, hourly, or per diem) may waive membership in<br />
PSERS within 30 days of starting employment. Full-time employees cannot waive<br />
membership.<br />
To qualify for the waiver, the part-time employee must -<br />
• Maintain one of the following types of Individual Retirement Account’s (IRA)<br />
as defined by section 408 in the Internal Revenue Code:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Traditional IRA<br />
Roth IRA<br />
Simplified Employee Pension (SEP)<br />
<br />
Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers<br />
(Simple) IRA<br />
and…<br />
• request a waiver within 30 days of starting employment. A waiver must be<br />
requested of each employer, using whatever method the employer has<br />
designated for this request.<br />
<br />
<br />
PSERS will send a Membership Waiver form directly to the employee.<br />
When the employee waives membership in PSERS, all future rights to<br />
benefits for that year are waived.<br />
In response to the employee’s waiver request, you must –<br />
• Verify that the employee has an Individual Retirement Account (IRA)<br />
and…<br />
• Submit a Member Contract Record for this employee, with Work Status set to<br />
“ACTIVW – Waiver Request.” See Member Contract Records – Changing<br />
Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />
<br />
Once you submit the Member Contract Record indicating the Waiver<br />
Request, you may discontinue reporting this employee in your monthly<br />
Work Reports. If the employee does NOT qualify for the waiver, PSERS<br />
will notify you.<br />
20<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
When a Member Contract Record is submitted showing the waiver request, PSERS<br />
will respond by –<br />
• Sending the employee a Welcome Waiver Packet containing detailed<br />
information about the waiver process and a PSERS Membership Waiver<br />
(PSRS-51) form. A copy of this form is shown below for reference. The<br />
employee must complete this form and return it directly to PSERS.<br />
Submission of the completed waiver is binding for the entire school year<br />
in which membership is being waived unless the employee becomes a<br />
full-time school employee.<br />
PSERS Membership Waiver (PSRS-51) form<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
21
• If PSERS approves the waiver request, we will change the employee’s status<br />
to waived and will notify the employee. If the employer submitted Monthly<br />
Work Reports, they will now need to submit Work Report Adjustments to<br />
reverse the transaction. PSERS will credit you for any contributions you paid<br />
for this employee during this school year as well as any contributions the<br />
employee paid. It is your responsibility to refund the employee’s contributions<br />
to the employee.<br />
• If a waiver request is denied or if the employee does not return the waiver<br />
form in a timely manner, PSERS will contact both you and the employee<br />
to explain the reason for the denial. In this case, you must submit a new<br />
Member Contract Record for the employee with a Work Status of<br />
“ACTIVE – Actively Working.” Follow the rules for reporting part-time<br />
employees. For hourly or per diem employees, you can deduct<br />
contributions immediately or when the employee reaches 500 hours or 80<br />
days. You must deduct contributions immediately for salaried employees.<br />
You must also submit a Work Report Adjustment showing any earnings<br />
and service time that were not reported in your monthly Work Reports<br />
pending waiver approval. You should report this salary under “Wages No<br />
Contributions”.<br />
• It is not necessary for the part-time employee to complete and submit a<br />
waiver at the start of each school year. PSERS will contact the employee<br />
each year to confirm the waived status and will assume it remains in<br />
place unless the employee responds otherwise.<br />
• You do not need to submit a new Contract Record for employees who<br />
extend their waived status into another school year.<br />
• You may direct the employee to PSERS with any questions about<br />
waivers.<br />
• Deductibility of contributions to an IRA may be limited if the employee or<br />
employee’s spouse was covered by an employer retirement plan during<br />
the year. Employees should consult with the IRS or a tax professional.<br />
• If a part-time employee chose to waive PSERS membership with one<br />
employer and later qualifies for PSERS membership with another<br />
employer, this employee will not be able to extend the approved waiver<br />
with the first employer for the following school year.<br />
22<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
3<br />
Member Demographic Information<br />
What is Member Demographic Information?<br />
Member Demographic Information about an employee includes their:<br />
• Name<br />
• Social Security Number (You must see a copy of the social security card.)<br />
• Date of Birth (You must see proof of birth date.)<br />
• Gender<br />
• Address<br />
• Phone Numbers<br />
• E-Mail Address<br />
You must provide Demographic Information for each employee when you first hire<br />
the employee unless employee is a retiree (see Retirees Returning to Work on<br />
page 17). This includes all part-time employees. You must submit a Members<br />
Demographic Record before you can add this employee to your Work Report<br />
Record.<br />
If an employee is coming to you from another employer, you must still submit<br />
Member Demographic Information. If a duplicate Member Demographic Information<br />
Record is received for an employee, PSERS will use the duplicate to update the<br />
information on file.<br />
If you are not sure whether an employee already has a record, you can check this<br />
easily online. See Member Demographic Information - Create or Change Online on<br />
page 25.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
23
How is Member Demographic Information Sent to<br />
PSERS?<br />
All Member Demographic Information is sent to PSERS through the online system.<br />
Member Demographic Information can be submitted for individual employees, by<br />
entering them into the online system one at a time, or for a batch of employees all at<br />
once, by uploading a file that was exported by your payroll/HR software system.<br />
Either way, you begin by accessing the system:<br />
1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />
familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />
2. From the Employer Services window, click “Member Demographic Info” in the<br />
left-hand menu. A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />
Member Demographic Info Sub-Menu<br />
For further details on the Member Demographic Info Sub-Menu refer to the chapter<br />
titled Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />
24<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member Demographic Information – Create or Change<br />
Online<br />
Entering an Employee’s Member Demographic Information<br />
Use the process described in this section to create or change employees under any<br />
of the following conditions:<br />
• You have never created a record for this employee in PSERS.<br />
or…<br />
• You already have a record for this employee in PSERS before, but the<br />
employee has returned to service and information needs updating.<br />
Example: An employee worked full-time for you from 1985 – 1999. During<br />
this time, the employee was a member of PSERS and made retirement<br />
contributions. At the end of the 1998 – 1999 school year, the individual left<br />
your employment. This individual has now returned to employment with you.<br />
First, access the Member Demographic Info sub-menu, as described in How is<br />
Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? on page 24.<br />
From the “Member Demographic Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />
“Create Demographic Info” to add a new employee. You will be prompted to enter<br />
the SSN (social security number) for the employee you are adding:<br />
The SSN (social security number) is used to identify the employee’s account at<br />
PSERS. It is vital that this number be entered correctly. You MUST REQUEST to<br />
see a copy of the employee’s social security card, though it is no longer necessary to<br />
send a copy of this card to PSERS. Once the social security number has been<br />
entered, click “Submit.”<br />
• If you attempt to add an employee who already has a record, you will see the<br />
message, “Error – Member already exists.” In this case, use the “View/Edit<br />
Demographic Info” option on the left-hand menu to edit this employee’s<br />
information.<br />
• If the social security number was reported incorrectly, submit the Demographic<br />
Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) with both the old and new numbers.<br />
See Demographic Information Change Request on page 26. A copy of the<br />
employee’s social security card must accompany the form.<br />
• If you submit the Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870),<br />
continue to submit monthly Work Report Records for the employee using<br />
the old social security number until you have been notified by PSERS<br />
that the correction has been made.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
25
Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870)<br />
The Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) is available on the<br />
PSERS web at:<br />
http://www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us/forms/f1870.pdf<br />
Only use this form to change social security, date of birth, or when a person’s gender<br />
has changed. Do not use this form to change any other information. A picture of this<br />
form is shown next:<br />
Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) Page 1<br />
26<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member Demographic Information Window<br />
The Member Demographic Information Window allows you to enter or edit Member<br />
Demographic Information about an individual employee. This Window looks like:<br />
Enter the employee’s information into the fields on this window. Most of these fields<br />
are self-explanatory, but a few details are provided below:<br />
First Name: This field has a maximum entry of 35 letters and/or characters. If an<br />
employee has a double first name, such as Mary Jane or Bobbi-Jo, enter both first<br />
names in this field. You may enter the hyphen in a hyphenated name.<br />
Middle Name: This field can be left blank or can be filled in with just an initial if<br />
desired. If the employee has multiple middle names, these can be entered with a<br />
space or other character between them. Up to 35 letters and/or characters can be<br />
entered.<br />
Last Name: This field has a maximum entry of 33 letters and/or characters. If an<br />
employee has a hyphenated last name, enter the first 33 letters of this name, with the<br />
hyphen included if desired.<br />
Under some circumstances, PSERS requests proof of a name change from an<br />
employee. In this case, PSERS will send the letter to the employee, who will fill it<br />
out and submit it directly to PSERS with the required proof.<br />
Gender: Use this field if the wrong gender was incorrectly used when entering the<br />
original Demographic Information. Use PSRS-1870 when a person’s gender has<br />
changed. See Demographic Information Change Request on page 26. Proof may<br />
be required to determine that is in fact, the same person.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
27
Birth Date: Enter the date of birth in the format MM, DD, YYYY (2-digit month in the<br />
first part of the field, 2-digit day in the second part, and 4-digit year in the third part).<br />
Example: for July 14, 1950.<br />
Note: The employer’s representative must verify the employee’s date of birth by<br />
examining one of the following documents:<br />
• Birth Certificate<br />
• Baptismal Record<br />
• Passport<br />
• Elementary or Secondary School Record<br />
• Life Insurance Policy Listing Date of Birth<br />
• PA Driver's License<br />
• Naturalization Record<br />
• Alien Registration Record<br />
As with the social security number, you cannot change a date of birth. If the birth<br />
date needs to be changed after an employee’s record is already created, you must<br />
submit a Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) to PSERS. See<br />
Demographic Information Change Request on page 26. You should include a letter<br />
of explanation and a copy of one of the documents listed above.<br />
Note: When submitting a Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870)<br />
printed from the PSERS website, be sure to either staple the two pages together,<br />
or insert the member’s name and social security number on the top of the second<br />
page.<br />
Residence Address Fields: Enter the employee’s residential address. Complete<br />
as necessary with the apartment number, suite number, floor or any critical<br />
information for accurate mail delivery in addition to the normal street name, post<br />
office box or route number. Enter the zip code plus its additional four-digits, if<br />
available. The U.S. Post Office has a website where you can look up the complete<br />
zip code. The web address is—<br />
http://zip4.usps.com/zip4/welcome.jsp<br />
“Street,” “Apt/Suite #,” and “Care of” each appear as a line of the address<br />
whenever PSERS sends information to this member. When entering this<br />
information, you must type the word “Street,” Apt/Suite #,” and “Care of” in the<br />
field. For example: Care of John Smith or Suite 123.<br />
When the Member Demographic Information is submitted, the system will check the<br />
address to ensure it meets U.S. Post Office standards; if any problems are found,<br />
suggested changes will be displayed. The following is a sample address:<br />
28<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Phone Number Fields: Enter all phone numbers with the area code in the first part<br />
of the field, the local “exchange” in the second part of the field, and the 4-digit number<br />
in the third part of the field. Example: for 717-555-2222.<br />
Saving the Member Demographic Information Record<br />
When you are done entering information, click “Save.” You will be returned to the<br />
Member Demographic Information Window, with the message, “Msg – Member info<br />
created successfully” near the top of the screen.<br />
At this point, the record has been saved to the member’s account with PSERS. You<br />
may make additional changes and save those, or you may click “Cancel” to exit from<br />
this screen. Clicking “Cancel” will cause you to lose any changes you made since<br />
the last “Save.”<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
29
Changing an Employee’s Member Demographic Information<br />
To change an employee’s Member Demographic Information a record must already<br />
exist in PSERS, first access the Member Demographic Info sub-menu, as described<br />
in How is Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS on page 24.<br />
From the “Member Demographic Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />
“View/Edit Demographic Info” to view and/or change an employee’s current<br />
Member Demographic Information. You will be prompted to enter the SSN (social<br />
security number) for the employee you are updating.<br />
The SSN (social security number) is used to identify the employee’s account at<br />
PSERS. Always verify that the social security number matches the employee whose<br />
information you are changing. Once the social security number has been entered,<br />
click “Submit.”<br />
• If you attempt to view or change information for an employee who does not<br />
have a record, you will see the message, “Error – Member does not exist.” In<br />
this case, use the “Create Demographic Info” option on the left-hand menu to<br />
enter this employee’s information.<br />
The Member Demographic Information Window appears. See the Member<br />
Demographic Information Window heading later in this section.<br />
• You can change information in any field except SSN (Social Security<br />
Number) and Birth Date. If the social security number or birth date needs<br />
to be changed after an employee already has a record, you must submit a<br />
Demographic Information Change Request (PSRS-1870) to PSERS.<br />
Warning: Do not attempt to change an employee’s social security number<br />
by creating a new Member Demographic Information Record with the new<br />
number. This will create a new employee record with this number, while<br />
leaving the old employee record intact.<br />
Essentially, the online system will think these two social security numbers<br />
represent two different employees who happen to have the same name.<br />
All of the employee’s current information (contributions, service time,<br />
Member Contract Records, etc.) will remain with the old social security<br />
number.<br />
As a result, you will encounter errors when running monthly Work Reports,<br />
and the employee’s benefits calculations will be incorrect. In order to<br />
correct this situation, you must submit a Member Demographic Information<br />
Change Request (PSRS-1870) to PSERS with proof of the employee’s<br />
correct social security number, along with a letter explaining the situation.<br />
PSERS will merge the two member records and will set the social security<br />
number to the correct value. After this, you may need to resubmit or<br />
correct the employee’s Work Report Records.<br />
30<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member Demographic Information – Submit by<br />
Uploading a File<br />
You can submit Member Demographic Information for multiple employees at once,<br />
by uploading a file to the online system. In most cases, the file will be exported by<br />
your payroll/HR software system. This file must be in a specific format, defined under<br />
Format for Member Demographic Information Files on page 32.<br />
This method can be used to add new employees as well as to change information for<br />
existing employees. The process is the same for both. You may use this procedure<br />
to submit as few or as many Member Demographic Information Records as you<br />
want, but if you only need to submit a small number of records, you may find it easier<br />
to enter them directly online – see Member Demographic Information - Create or<br />
Change Online on page 25.<br />
Submit Member Demographic Information to PSERS whenever you hire a new<br />
employee and whenever information changes for a current employee. All additions /<br />
changes within a month can be submitted in a file, as long as this is done before you<br />
submit your Member Contract Records and your next monthly Work Report.<br />
For information on how to submit Member Demographic Information by uploading a<br />
file see Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159.<br />
After Member Demographic Information has been submitted for an employee, you<br />
can make changes when needed by editing the Member Demographic Information<br />
Record with the correct information. All fields except SSN (social security number)<br />
and Birth Date can be changed. If the social security number or birth date needs to<br />
be changed, the employer must submit a Demographic Information Change Request<br />
(PSRS-1870) to PSERS. See Member Demographic Information—Create or<br />
Change Online on page 25.<br />
Format for Member Demographic Information Files<br />
For information on how to correctly format a Member Demographic File see<br />
the chapter titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161. The following pages<br />
will illustrate in detail the layout for Member Demographic Information Files.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
31
Header of the Member Demographic Information File<br />
The Member Demographic Information file must include a single-line header as the<br />
first line in the file. The header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the<br />
file, the number of records in the file, and the date and time the file was created. This<br />
information must be in the following format:<br />
Header<br />
Record<br />
Type<br />
Employer<br />
Code<br />
Detail<br />
Record<br />
Count<br />
File<br />
Creation<br />
Date and<br />
Time<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
R 1 1 Alpha (D=Demographic)<br />
D<br />
Describes the<br />
incoming file<br />
type.<br />
R 6 2 Numeric 002345 Employer ID<br />
assigned to<br />
you by<br />
PSERS.<br />
R 6 8 Numeric 002680 Total number<br />
of detail<br />
records in this<br />
file.<br />
R 12 14 Date as<br />
MMDDYYYYHHMM<br />
Filler R 338 26 NULL Filler. Space<br />
filled to match fixed<br />
length of detail record.<br />
102520061400 Date and time<br />
in military<br />
format.<br />
338 spaces<br />
All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the<br />
header line. “Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All<br />
fields are a fixed-length.<br />
Example: The following sample header uses the information as shown in the above<br />
table:<br />
D002345002680102520061400<br />
In this example, a Member Demographic Information File from Employer 002345 is<br />
being submitted with 2,680 records in it. The file was created on October 25, 2006 at<br />
14:00 (2:00 p.m.).<br />
32<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Record Lines in the Member Demographic Information File<br />
Each Member Demographic Information Record must consist of a single line of<br />
information, in the following format:<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
SSN R 9 1 Numeric 149250245 Social Security<br />
Number<br />
Last Name R 33 10 Alpha SMITH Required<br />
First Name R 35 43 Alpha AARON Required<br />
Middle O 35 78 Alpha JOHN Optional<br />
Name<br />
Suffix O 3 113 Alpha as JR, SR, I, II, JR<br />
Must be a valid value<br />
III, IV, V<br />
Gender R 1 116 Alpha/M = Male or F M<br />
= Female<br />
Birth Date R 8 117 Date as MMDDYYYY 07231958<br />
Care Of / O 35 125 Alphanumeric Care Of John<br />
Address1<br />
Smith<br />
Apt/Suite/Fl<br />
oor /<br />
Address2<br />
listed. No punctuation.<br />
Must be a valid value<br />
listed. No punctuation.<br />
Compliant with Postal<br />
Regulations.<br />
O 35 160 Alphanumeric Apt A Compliant with Postal<br />
Regulations.<br />
Street /<br />
Address3<br />
O 35 195 Alphanumeric 123 MAIN ST Compliant with Postal<br />
Regulations.<br />
City R 21 230 Alphanumeric HARRISBURG Compliant with Postal<br />
Regulations.<br />
State R 2 251 Alphanumeric PA Compliant with Postal<br />
Regulations.<br />
Zip Code<br />
with Zip+4<br />
R 9 253 Alphanumeric; 5-digit<br />
zip code followed by<br />
4-digit “zip plus 4<br />
code” if known or<br />
0000 if unknown<br />
171080125 Compliant with Postal<br />
Regulations. No<br />
dashes.<br />
Country O 2 262 Alpha US If blank, PSERS will<br />
default to US.<br />
Day Phone O 10 264 Numeric 7177878540 Area Code &<br />
Telephone Number.<br />
No parentheses or<br />
dashes.<br />
Day Phone<br />
Extension<br />
Evening<br />
Phone<br />
Evening<br />
Extension<br />
Other<br />
Phone<br />
Number<br />
O 5 274 Numeric 00245 No parentheses or<br />
dashes.<br />
O 10 279 Numeric 7175558540 Area Code &<br />
Telephone Number.<br />
No parentheses or<br />
dashes.<br />
O 5 289 Numeric 00032 No parentheses or<br />
dashes.<br />
O 10 294 Numeric 7175558540 Area Code &<br />
Telephone Number.<br />
No parentheses or<br />
dashes.<br />
Fax O 10 304 Numeric 7175558540 Area Code &<br />
Telephone Number.<br />
No parentheses or<br />
dashes.<br />
Email O 50 314 Alphanumeric A@US.COM Member’s email<br />
address<br />
For more information on any field, see Member Demographic Information – Create or Change<br />
Online on page 25. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line. “Bytes”<br />
indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
33
Uploading a Member Demographic Information File<br />
You must first access the Member Demographic Info sub-menu, as described on<br />
page 157.<br />
For further information on how to upload a Member Demographic Information File<br />
see Uploading Information Files on page 163.<br />
Member Demographic Info Work Area – File Window<br />
After uploading a file, go to the Member Demographic Info Work Area, either by<br />
clicking “Work Area” in the File Upload window or by clicking “Work Area” in the<br />
Member Demographic Info sub-menu. The File window of the Work Area appears:<br />
For information on how to navigate in the Member Demographic Information File<br />
Window see the chapter on Work Area—File Window located on page 167.<br />
34<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member Demographic Info Work Area – Record Detail<br />
Window<br />
The Record Detail window in the Member Demographic Info Work Area is used to<br />
add to, delete, or edit the individual employee records that are included in an<br />
uploaded file.<br />
Access<br />
To access the Record Detail window, go to the File window (see Member<br />
Demographic Info Work Area – File Window on page 34) and click “Detail” next to<br />
the desired file.<br />
Note: The file must be validated before the Record Detail window can be accessed<br />
for that file.<br />
The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />
For more information on how to navigate the Member Demographic Information<br />
Record Detail Window refer to the chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window<br />
on page 171.<br />
Saving Your Changes<br />
After adding, deleting, or editing any records in the Record Detail window, always<br />
save your work. To save, click “Save” twice. The first “Save” will save the information<br />
to a temporary file and the second “Save” will save the information permanently.<br />
If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking “Save” twice, you<br />
will lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case, any records you<br />
added will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any records you<br />
edited will be returned to their previous information.<br />
Submitting the Records to PSERS<br />
For information on how to submit Member Demographic Files to PSERS see<br />
Submitting Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
35
Chapter<br />
4<br />
Member Contract Records<br />
What are Member Contract Records?<br />
Member Contract Records provide a way to define the position(s) each employee<br />
works, in a way that helps automate the pension process. You must create a Member<br />
Contract Record before you can add your employee to your Work Report Record.<br />
A Member Contract Record contains the following information:<br />
• Employer’s Name and Employer Code<br />
• Employee’s Job Title<br />
• Employment Type (part-time or full-time)<br />
• Wage Type (hourly, per diem, or salaried)<br />
• Work Status (actively working, on some form of leave, terminated, deceased, a<br />
waiver has been requested, etc.)<br />
• Start Date of the work status described in this Member Contract Record<br />
• End Date of the work status described in this Member Contract Record<br />
• Number of months normally worked for this position in a school year<br />
• Number of days or hours normally worked for this position in a school year<br />
• Voting Status (certified or non-certified position)<br />
• Items relating to a terminated or deceased employee (Balance of Contract and<br />
Outstanding Service Credit status)<br />
You must submit at least one Member Contract Record in order for en employee<br />
to be added as a member of PSERS. Remember, you must first enter the<br />
employee’s Member Demographic Information. See the How is Member<br />
Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? sections starting on page 24.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
37
In general, a Member Contract Record should be created for EACH job an employee<br />
works. If an employee works for multiple employers, a Member Contract Record<br />
needs to be submitted by each employer. If an employee works multiple positions for<br />
a single employer, this may or may not require multiple Member Contract Records.<br />
To determine this, see the next section Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One<br />
Employer.<br />
Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One Employer<br />
It is not unusual for an employee to work more than one job for a single employer. For<br />
example, a teacher may coach a sports team or help at lunchtime. In this case,<br />
depending on the types of jobs worked, it may or may not be necessary to submit<br />
multiple Member Contract Records for the employee.<br />
Employee Works a Full-Time Position Plus Other Positions<br />
Only one Member Contract Record is needed. Enter a Member Contract Record for<br />
the full-time position. If more than one full-time position is worked, enter a Member<br />
Contract Record for the salaried position, if there is one. If more than one position is<br />
salaried, or if there is no salaried position, select the position that you feel best<br />
categorizes the employee’s work. The other positions do not require their own<br />
Member Contract Records.<br />
• Only one Member Contract Record is required for all part-time HOURLY<br />
positions the employee works.<br />
• Only one Member Contract Record is required for all part-time PER DIEM<br />
positions the employee works.<br />
Example: A full-time teacher chaperones a school activity, takes tickets for an event,<br />
and oversees a yearbook club. Enter a single Member Contract Record for the fulltime<br />
teaching position. Report the additional work on the employee’s monthly Work<br />
Report as follows: Record the additional wages in the “Supplemental Wages” field.<br />
Record the extra contributions in the “Contributions” field. Record the extra service in<br />
the “Hours” or “Days” field.<br />
38<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Employee Works Multiple Part-Time Positions but NO Full-<br />
Time Position<br />
Each part-time SALARIED position requires its own Member Contract Record. All<br />
other part-time positions require only one contract record per wage type (e.g. per<br />
diem or hourly).<br />
Example #1: An employee works a part-time per diem job as a substitute teacher.<br />
She also works a part-time hourly job in the cafeteria and another part-time hourly job<br />
teaching a high school science class. You would need to create two Member Contract<br />
Records for this employee: one for her per diem position and one for the two hourly<br />
positions.<br />
Example #2: An employee works a part-time per diem job as a substitute teacher.<br />
He also works a part-time salaried job teaching a high school English class and<br />
another part-time salaried job coaching a football team. You would need to create<br />
three Member Contract Records for this employee: one for his per diem position, one<br />
for his salaried teaching position, and one for his salaried coaching position.<br />
In general, there is no harm in creating a Member Contract Record even if it is not<br />
required. If you find it easier to create a Member Contract Record for every position<br />
an employee works, this is fine.<br />
Note: You will not necessarily submit a separate monthly Work Report Record for<br />
each Member Contract Record you create. If multiple Member Contract Records for<br />
an employee have the same Wage Type (hourly, per diem, or salaried), earnings for<br />
these Member Contract Records will be reported on the same Work Report Record in<br />
your monthly Work Reports.<br />
Example: A member has two part-time hourly positions. The wages from both<br />
positions are reported on one line in the work report. The wage type for this member<br />
is hourly.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
39
How are Member Contract Records Transmitted to<br />
PSERS?<br />
All Member Contract Records are transmitted to PSERS through the online system.<br />
Member Contract Records can be submitted for individual employees by entering<br />
them into the online system one at a time. Member Contract Records can also be<br />
submitted for a batch of employees all at once by uploading a file that was exported by<br />
your payroll/HR software system. Either way, you begin by accessing the system:<br />
1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />
familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />
2. From the Employer Services window, click “Member Contract Info” in the lefthand<br />
menu. A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />
Member Contract Info Sub-Menu<br />
For further details on the Member Contract Info Sub-Menu refer to the chapter titled<br />
Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />
40<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member Contract Records – Creating Individually<br />
You can enter Member Contract Records for your new employees one at a time, by<br />
completing an online form. Use this procedure if you only need to enter a small<br />
number of employees. Otherwise, you may find it easier to submit a file with multiple<br />
Member Contract Records at once – see Member Contract Records - Create by<br />
Uploading a File on page 52.<br />
First, access the Member Contract Info sub-menu, as described on page 40.<br />
From the “Member Contract Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />
“Create Member Contract.” You will be prompted to enter the SSN (social security<br />
number) for the employee you are adding. Enter the social security number and click<br />
“Submit.”<br />
• If there is no Member Demographic Information on file for the social<br />
security number you entered, you will see the message, “Error – Member<br />
does not exist.” In this case, see the How is Member Demographic<br />
Information Sent to PSERS? on page 24 to enter Member Demographic<br />
Information for the employee before continuing.<br />
If the employee has Member Demographic Information on file, the Member Contract<br />
Information window appears.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
41
Member Contract Information Window<br />
The fields at the top of this screen are displayed for reference but cannot be edited. In<br />
the other fields on this screen, enter information about the job this employee works for<br />
you.<br />
If the employee works more than one job for you, it may or may not be necessary to<br />
enter multiple Member Contract Records for this employee. To determine this, see<br />
Employee Working Multiple Jobs for One Employer on page 38.<br />
The fields on this screen are:<br />
• Job Title: A Job Title must be entered for every Member Contract Record.<br />
This is a required field. This field has a maximum entry of 50 letters and/or<br />
characters.<br />
Independent contractors are not eligible for PSERS membership. If you are<br />
not sure whether a Job Title is an employee or an independent contractor, see<br />
Exceptions to Membership Eligibility on page 19.<br />
• Employment Type: Select “Full Time” or “Part Time” from the drop-down<br />
menu. Full-time employment is defined as 5 hours or more a day, 5 days a<br />
week or its equivalent (25 or more hours a week). Employment Type must<br />
be entered for every Member Contract Record. This is a required field.<br />
• Wage Type: Select “Hourly,” “Per Diem,” or “Salaried” from the drop-down<br />
menu based on how this position is paid.<br />
• Work Status: Use the drop-down menu to select the appropriate work<br />
status for this Member Contract Record, such as “ACTIVE - Actively<br />
Working.”<br />
Work Status is reported in all monthly Work Reports, and the status that is<br />
reported must match a Member Contract Record for that employee.<br />
The various Work Status options are described in Work Status Descriptions on<br />
page 46.<br />
42<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Work Status Start Date – MM/DD/YYYY: Enter the date the Work Status<br />
described in this Member Contract Record begins. For an actively working<br />
part-time hourly or per diem employee, enter the first day of actual<br />
employment, not the first day contributions were withheld from the employee’s<br />
salary and reported to PSERS. If the Member Contract Record is for an<br />
employee who went on leave, died, or terminated all employment with you,<br />
set the Work Status appropriately and enter the date the leave began, or the<br />
date of death, or date of termination as the Start Date.<br />
Example: A teacher is hired to begin work August 16, 2006. Enter the Work<br />
Status as “ACTIVE - Actively Working” and enter the Start Date as 08/16/2006.<br />
Example: When an employee resigns, his last day of paid work will be<br />
the start date of his termination contract. If the employees last paid day<br />
of service was on June 15, 2006 and the resignation is received on<br />
August 1, 2006, the Work Status Start Date is 06/15/2006 unless the<br />
employee is granted a leave after June 15, 2006.<br />
• Work Status End Date – MM/DD/YYYY: Enter the date the Work Status<br />
described in this Member Contract Record will end or has ended.<br />
For an employee who is expected to work multiple years, the End Date should<br />
be left blank. In this case, the Member Contract Record will renew<br />
automatically each school year, remaining in effect until you enter an End Date<br />
later (such as when the employee ends work in this position or goes on leave).<br />
Example: A teacher is hired. The teacher is expected to continue working for<br />
multiple school years, so no End Date is entered. In January, the teacher<br />
takes a job as Principal, which requires leaving the teaching position. On the<br />
existing teacher Member Contract Record, the End Date should be updated to<br />
be the last day the employee works as a teacher. A new Member Contract<br />
Record must be created for the Principal position.<br />
Note: In some cases, the End Date is modified automatically by PSERS. If<br />
an employee goes on a non-contributing leave, dies, or terminates all<br />
employment with you, you do not need to set the End Date on the employee’s<br />
existing Member Contract Records. Instead, create a single new Member<br />
Contract Record for that employee with the new Work Status (the type of<br />
leave, “DECESD - Deceased,” or “TRMNTN – Termination”) and with the Work<br />
Status Start Date set to the date the leave began or the date of death or the<br />
date of termination. In response to this new Member Contract Record,<br />
PSERS will change the End Date on all of this employee’s other Member<br />
Contract Records appropriately. When the employee returns from leave,<br />
create a new Member Contract Record for each position the employee<br />
resumes.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
43
• Expected Months: Enter the number of months that a full-time employee<br />
would normally be expected to work in this position each fiscal (school)<br />
year. This field must be set if Work Status is set to “ACTIVE - Actively<br />
Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request” AND Employment Type is set to<br />
“Full Time”; otherwise, this field is optional. If left blank, this field will<br />
default to 10 for part-time salaried employees.<br />
Example: If a full-time teacher is hired to work a 10-month school year,<br />
whether or not they are paid over the summer, enter “10” months.<br />
Note: The employee’s actual service time will be determined from Work<br />
Reports, not from the value entered into this field. This field is used only for<br />
certain types of benefit calculations.<br />
• Expected Units: Enter the number of days or hours that a full-time<br />
employee would normally be expected to work in this position each fiscal<br />
(school) year. This field must be set if Work Status is set to “ACTIVE -<br />
Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request” AND Employment Type<br />
is set to “Full Time”; otherwise, this field is optional. If left blank, this field<br />
will default to 180 for part-time per diem employees and 1100 for part-time<br />
hourly employees.<br />
Full time hourly employees that work 9 or 10 months must have the<br />
correct hours posted in the Expected Units field in order to receive<br />
credit for the correct service.<br />
Example: A full time hourly secretary works for 9 months at 25 hours per<br />
week. The Expected Units for this employee is 900 (9 months times 100<br />
hours). The employee will receive credit for a full year of service if the<br />
employer reports 900 hours in the Monthly Work Reports. This only<br />
applies to full time hourly employees who work 9 to 10 months.<br />
If an employee is hired partway through the school year, enter the Expected<br />
Units that would apply if the position lasted an entire school year. The<br />
employee’s service time will be determined from Work Reports, not from<br />
Expected Units.<br />
Example: If a full-time teacher is hired for a 9 or 10 month school year, the<br />
expected number of units would be 180 – 195 days. It is assumed there are<br />
18-22 workdays per month. Entering a value outside this range will generate<br />
an exception message. To determine expected units for a part-time, salaried<br />
position, such as a coach, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Service Time on page 119.<br />
Note: The employee’s actual service time will be determined from Work<br />
Reports, not from the value entered into this field. This field is used only for<br />
certain types of benefit calculations.<br />
44<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Voting Status: Use the drop-down menu to select “Certified” if this<br />
Member Contract Record describes a position that requires certification<br />
through the Pennsylvania Department of Education or other licensing<br />
agency, such as a teacher position. Otherwise, select “Non-Certified.”<br />
This classification is used to determine in which election the employee will<br />
vote to fill a seat on the PSERS Board. This field must be set if Work<br />
Status is set to “ACTIVE - Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver<br />
Request”; otherwise, it is optional.<br />
• BOC Flag: This field is to be completed as a result of a termination or<br />
death of an employee. You must select either “Yes” or “No” from the dropdown<br />
menu. Select “Yes” if additional salary is to be reported in the month<br />
following termination or death of the employee; otherwise, select “No”.<br />
• Outstanding Service Credit Flag: Use the drop-down menu to select<br />
“Yes” if the employee has outstanding service time to be reported after<br />
termination or death. Only set this field to “Yes” if the employee has been<br />
terminated or has died and has additional service time to be reported later.<br />
• BOC/SVC End Date – MM/YYYY: If either the BOC Flag or the<br />
Outstanding Service Credit Flag is set to “Yes,” enter the month in which<br />
the last portion of the outstanding service or Balance of Contract will be<br />
paid. After the Work Report for that month has been submitted, PSERS<br />
will assume that all information has been reported, and Final Benefit<br />
Calculation will take place.<br />
The BOC/SVC End Date cannot be more than six months from the Work<br />
Status Start Date. Example: If an employee dies on June 3 rd , the BOC/SVC<br />
End Date must be November or earlier.<br />
Saving the Member Contract Record<br />
When you are done entering information, click “Save.” You will be returned to the<br />
Member Contract Information Window, with the message, “Msg – Member contract<br />
created successfully” near the top of the screen.<br />
At this point, the record has been saved. You may not make additional changes to<br />
the contract except to enter a contract end date. You may click “Cancel” to exit from<br />
this screen.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
45
Work Status Descriptions<br />
For employees on leave, select the Work Status that matches the reason for the<br />
leave, as well as whether or not the employee is contributing to their retirement<br />
account while on leave. Work Statuses that describe leaves of absence are divided<br />
into two categories: The final letter of the Work Status code for any type of leave is<br />
either “C” for contributing or “N” for non-contributing, based on whether or not the<br />
employee is making retirement contributions while on leave. Some of the noncontributing<br />
leaves are eligible for Purchase of Service, while others are not, as<br />
indicated for each.<br />
For information on how different Work Statuses affect Work Reports, see <strong>Reporting</strong> –<br />
Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />
• ACTIVE - Actively Working: This is the most common status. It is used<br />
when an employee is actively working, whether or not the employee is<br />
making contributions.<br />
• ACTIVW - Waiver Request: Select this Work Status if a part-time<br />
employee has requested a waiver from PSERS membership. PSERS will<br />
send a packet of information to the employee automatically, explaining<br />
how waivers work and providing a Membership Waiver (PSRS-51) form.<br />
• ACTMLC - Activated Military Leave (Contributing): You must use this<br />
Work Status for active employees who make retirement contributions while<br />
on leave to fulfill an obligation in the Armed Forces of the United States in<br />
time of war or armed conflict. This leave also applies to a reserve member<br />
of the armed forces pursuant to an order on or after July 1, 1990, to enter<br />
active military service for an order other than to enter into active duty to<br />
meet periodic training requirements.<br />
An employee serving the regular 15 days of active duty for Reserves should<br />
be reported as if in regular employment (with Work Status set to “ACTIVE -<br />
Actively Working”).<br />
“ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave” should not be used to<br />
report an employee who volunteers to join the Military Service or National<br />
Guard. In that case, the Work Status should be “LEAVEN – Any Other<br />
Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing)” or “TRMNTN – Termination” as<br />
appropriate.<br />
• SSLSSC - Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Contributing): This<br />
leave is granted to an employee who is ill and wishes to receive credit<br />
towards retirement. Granting of special sick leave is optional and must be<br />
approved by your (the employer’s) board of directors. The leave may not<br />
exceed one year.<br />
46<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
To qualify for the leave, the employer must pay for disability insurance<br />
sufficient to provide the employee with at least one-half regular salary.<br />
Both you and the employee must be willing to contribute based on the<br />
employee's full contract salary.<br />
• SSLWCC - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation<br />
(Contributing): This leave is granted to an employee who has been<br />
injured on the job and wishes to receive credit towards retirement.<br />
Granting of special sick leave is optional and must be approved by your<br />
(the employer’s) board of directors. The leave may not exceed one year.<br />
To qualify for the leave, the employee must receive at least one-half<br />
regular salary through Worker’s Compensation. Both you and the<br />
employee must be willing to contribute based on the employee's full<br />
contract salary.<br />
• SABTLC - Sabbatical Leave (Contributing): Select if the employee is on<br />
a paid sabbatical. The employee must receive at least one-half regular<br />
salary during the period of the sabbatical leave. Both you and the<br />
employee must make retirement contributions on the full salary that would<br />
have been earned had the employee been working. The difference<br />
between the salary actually paid and regular full salary must be reported in<br />
the “Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation” field on Work Reports.<br />
For more information, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />
• STUDYC - Professional Study Leave (Contributing): This Work Status<br />
is used for an employee who has been granted a leave for professional<br />
study and growth and who wishes to make retirement contributions while<br />
on leave.<br />
When your board of directors approves a Professional Study Leave, the board<br />
minutes should contain a note that the leave is for professional study and<br />
growth.<br />
• EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher Leave (Contributing): This leave is<br />
granted to a school employee who exchanges teaching positions with a<br />
teacher from another country and wishes to make retirement contributions<br />
while on leave. The foreign exchange teacher should not be added as a<br />
PSERS member and should not be reported through monthly Work<br />
Reports.<br />
• UNIONC - Collective Bargaining Unit Leave (Contributing): Select if<br />
the employee has been granted a leave for collective bargaining unit and<br />
wishes to make retirement contributions while on leave. Report the full<br />
contracted salary and service the employee would have worked for your<br />
school.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
47
Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that can be<br />
Purchased<br />
• ACTMLN - Activated Military Leave (Non-Contributing): This Work<br />
Status is used for an employee who is on activated military leave and has<br />
decided to discontinue making retirement contributions to PSERS during<br />
the leave. The service time from this leave may be purchased later if the<br />
employee chooses. This full salary should be reported under “Wages No<br />
Contributions” (WNC) in the Monthly Work Reports. You should also<br />
report full service.<br />
Military leaves are different from other leaves in that you, the employer, must<br />
continue to contribute the employer’s share of retirement contributions whether<br />
or not the employee chooses to contribute. You CANNOT receive a credit for<br />
these contributions, even if the employee does not elect to purchase credit for<br />
this service later or does not return from the leave.<br />
When the employee returns to school employment, the employee must<br />
provide a copy of the discharge documentation to you, the employer. A copy<br />
of this documentation must be submitted to PSERS.<br />
• SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Non-Contributing):<br />
This leave is granted to an employee who is ill and who does not wish to<br />
make retirement contributions while on leave. The employee may choose<br />
to purchase the service time from this leave at a later date. Granting of<br />
special sick leave is optional and must be approved by your (the<br />
employer’s) board of directors. The leave may not exceed one year.<br />
The full contracted salary should be reported under “Wages No<br />
Contributions” (WNC) in the Monthly Work Reports.<br />
To qualify for the leave, the employer must pay for disability insurance<br />
sufficient to provide the employee with at least one-half regular salary.<br />
• SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation (Non-<br />
Contributing): This leave is granted to an employee who has been injured<br />
on the job and who does not wish to make retirement contributions while<br />
on leave. The employee may choose to purchase the service time from<br />
this leave at a later date. Granting of special sick leave is optional and<br />
must be approved by your board of directors. The leave may not exceed<br />
one year.<br />
This salary should be reported under “Wages No Contributions” (WNC) in<br />
the Monthly Work Reports.<br />
To qualify for the leave, the employee must receive at least one-half regular<br />
salary through Worker’s Compensation.<br />
48<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• STUDYN - Professional Study Leave (Non-Contributing): This Work<br />
Status is used for an employee who has been granted a leave for<br />
professional study and who does NOT wish to make retirement<br />
contributions while on leave. The employee may choose to purchase the<br />
service time from this leave at a later date.<br />
This salary should be reported under “Wages No Contributions” (WNC) in<br />
the Monthly Work Reports.<br />
When your board of directors approves a Professional Study Leave, the board<br />
minutes should contain a note that the leave is for professional study and<br />
growth.<br />
• EXCHGN - Exchange Teacher Leave (Non-Contributing): This Work<br />
Status is used for an employee who exchanges teaching positions with a<br />
teacher from another country and who does NOT wish to make retirement<br />
contributions while on leave. The employee may choose to purchase the<br />
service time from this leave at a later date.<br />
This salary should be reported under “Wages No Contributions” (WNC) in<br />
the Monthly Work Reports.<br />
Work Status for Non-Contributing Leaves that cannot be<br />
Purchased<br />
• WKCMPN - Worker’s Compensation Non-Contributing Leave: This<br />
leave is granted to an employee who has been injured while on the job, is<br />
receiving Worker’s Compensation, is not making retirement contributions<br />
while on leave, and is NOT eligible to purchase service time from this<br />
leave. This leave may last up to two years.<br />
The employee may NOT purchase service time from this leave. Use this Work<br />
Status if you, the employer, have not approved a special sick leave as a<br />
contributable or purchasable leave.<br />
Do not report any earnings or service to PSERS while an employee is on this<br />
type of leave.<br />
• LEAVEN – Any Other Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing): Use this<br />
status when the employee is on leave, is not making retirement<br />
contributions, and the leave does not match any of the non-contributing<br />
leaves listed. This leave may last up to 24 months.<br />
The employee may NOT purchase service time from this leave. Use this<br />
Work Status if you, the employer, have not approved a leave as a<br />
contributable or purchasable leave.<br />
Do not report any earnings or service to PSERS while an employee is on this<br />
type of leave.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
49
• TRMNTN - Termination: Select if the employee has ended ALL work for<br />
you, the employer. Any other Member Contract Records this employee<br />
has with you will be ended automatically. If the employee has only ended<br />
one position but is still working for you in another position, do not set the<br />
Work Status to “TRMNTN - Termination.” Instead, set the Work Status<br />
End Date to indicate this position has ended. If necessary, enter another<br />
Member Contract Record to describe the continued employment.<br />
• DECESD – Deceased: Select if the employee died while in active, waved<br />
or leave status. Entering this status on any Member Contract Record<br />
automatically ends ALL Member Contract Records for this employee.<br />
Because it is important to begin benefits processing quickly after an<br />
employee’s death, Work Status should be changed within one day of when<br />
you learn about the death. Do not wait until the next batch of Member<br />
Contract Records is being submitted unless a file will be uploaded that day<br />
anyway.<br />
Note: Jury Duty is considered to be active employment rather than a leave.<br />
Report employees on Jury Duty as if they were working normally, with a Work<br />
Status of “ACTIVE – Actively Working.” If you have a policy of paying<br />
employees on Jury Duty the difference between their regular, full salary and<br />
the amount they are paid for Jury Duty, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on<br />
page 113.<br />
Note: To be eligible to purchase a non-contributing leave, the employee must<br />
meet the eligibility criteria.<br />
50<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Work Status Quick Reference Table<br />
Work Status<br />
ACTIVE - Actively Working<br />
ACTIVW - Waiver Request<br />
ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing<br />
Leave<br />
SSLSSC - Special Sick Leave, School<br />
Sponsored (Contributing)<br />
SSLWCC - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s<br />
Compensation (Contributing)<br />
SABTLC - Sabbatical Leave<br />
(Contributing)<br />
STUDYC - Professional Study Leave<br />
(Contributing)<br />
EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher<br />
Contributing Leave<br />
UNIONC - Collective Bargaining Unit<br />
Leave (Contributing)<br />
ACTMLN - Activated Military Leave<br />
(Non-Contributing)<br />
SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School<br />
Sponsored (Non-Contributing)<br />
SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave,<br />
Worker's Compensation (Non-<br />
Contributing)<br />
STUDYN - Professional Study Leave<br />
(Non-Contributing)<br />
EXCHGN - Exchange Teacher Leave<br />
(Non-Contributing)<br />
WKCMPN - Worker's Compensation<br />
Leave (Non-Contributing)<br />
LEAVEN - Any Other Leave Not Listed<br />
(Non-Contributing)<br />
TRMNTN - Termination<br />
DECESD - Deceased<br />
Description<br />
The employee is actively working, whether contributing or not.<br />
A Waiver Request has been made by an actively working employee,<br />
whether contributing or not.<br />
The employee is contributing while on activated military leave.<br />
The employee is contributing while on a special sick leave. The board of<br />
directors must approve this leave. The employer must pay for disability<br />
insurance sufficient to provide the employee with at least 1/2 regular<br />
salary.<br />
The employee is contributing while on a special sick leave. This leave<br />
must be approved by your board of directors, and the employee must be<br />
receiving at least 1/2 regular salary through Worker’s Compensation.<br />
The employee is contributing while on sabbatical. The employee must<br />
receive at least 1/2 regular salary during this leave.<br />
The employee is contributing while on a leave for professional study.<br />
The employee is contributing while working in a foreign teacher<br />
exchange program.<br />
The employee is contributing while on a leave for collective bargaining.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while on activated military leave. The<br />
employee may choose to purchase the service time from this leave at<br />
a later date.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while on a special sick leave. The<br />
board of directors must approve this leave. The employer must pay for<br />
disability insurance sufficient to provide the employee with at least 1/2<br />
regular salary. The employee may choose to purchase the service<br />
time from this leave at a later date.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while on a special sick leave. The<br />
board of directors must approve this leave and the employee must be<br />
receiving at least 1/2 regular salary through Worker’s Compensation.<br />
The employee may choose to purchase the service time from this<br />
leave at a later date.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while on a leave for professional<br />
study. The employee may choose to purchase the service time from<br />
this leave at a later date.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while working in a foreign teacher<br />
exchange program. The employee may choose to purchase the<br />
service time from this leave at a later date.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while on leave and receiving partial<br />
salary from Worker’s Compensation. The employee CANNOT purchase<br />
the service time from this leave.<br />
The employee is NOT contributing while on a leave that does not match<br />
any of the other leaves listed. The employee CANNOT purchase the<br />
service time from this leave.<br />
The employee has ended ALL employment with you. If only some<br />
positions have ended, instead set the Work Status End Date on the<br />
appropriate Member Contract Records.<br />
The employee has died.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
51
Member Contract Records – Create by Uploading a File<br />
You can submit multiple Member Contract Records at once, by uploading a file to the<br />
online system. You may use this procedure to submit as few or as many Member<br />
Contract Records as you want, but if you only need to submit a small number of<br />
Member Contract Records, you may find it easier to enter them directly online – see<br />
Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on page 41.<br />
Submit Member Contract Records to PSERS whenever you hire a new employee and<br />
whenever an employee’s work status and/or positions change.<br />
Before a Member Contract Record can be submitted for an employee, Member<br />
Demographic Information must be on file with PSERS for that employee. See the<br />
How is Member Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? sections starting on<br />
page 24 for more information.<br />
For information on how to submit Member Contract Records by uploading a file see<br />
Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159.<br />
Format for Member Contract Information Files<br />
For information on how to correctly format a Member Contract Record see the<br />
chapter titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161. The following pages will<br />
illustrate in detail the layout for Member Contract Information Files.<br />
52<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Header of the Member Contract Information File<br />
The Member Contract Information file must include a single-line header as the first line<br />
in the file. The header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the file, the<br />
number of records in the file, and the date and time the file was created. This<br />
information must be in the following format:<br />
Header<br />
Record<br />
Type<br />
Employer<br />
Code<br />
Detail<br />
Record<br />
Count<br />
File<br />
Creation<br />
Date and<br />
Time<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional<br />
Byte<br />
s Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
R 1 1 Alpha (C=Contract) C Describes<br />
the incoming<br />
file type.<br />
R 6 2 Numeric 002345 Employer ID<br />
assigned to<br />
you by<br />
PSERS.<br />
R 6 8 Numeric 002680 Total<br />
number of<br />
detail<br />
records in<br />
R 12 14 Date as<br />
MMDDYYYYHHMM<br />
Filler R 151 26 NULL Filler. Space<br />
filled to match fixed<br />
length of detail record.<br />
this file.<br />
102520061400 Date and<br />
time in<br />
military<br />
format.<br />
All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line.<br />
“Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />
Example: The following sample header uses the information as shown in the above<br />
table:<br />
C002345002680102520061400<br />
151 spaces<br />
In this example, a Member Contract Information File from Employer 002345 is being<br />
submitted with 2,680 records in it. The file was created on October 25, 2006, at 14:00<br />
(2:00 p.m.).<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
53
Record Lines in the Member Contract Information File<br />
Each Member Contract Record must consist of a single line of information, in the<br />
following format:<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
SSN R 9 1 Numeric 14925024<br />
5<br />
Social Security<br />
Number<br />
Last Name R 33 10 Alpha SMITH Required<br />
First Name R 35 43 Alpha AARON Required<br />
Date of R 8 78 Date as MMDDYYYY 07231958 Required<br />
Birth<br />
Job Title C 50 86 Alphanumeric; No<br />
predefined values.<br />
Space-filled if no<br />
value.<br />
Employment<br />
Type<br />
C 2 136 Alpha (PT= Part-time,<br />
FT= Full-time, spacefilled<br />
if no value)<br />
Wage Type C 2 138 Alpha<br />
(SA = Salary, HR =<br />
Hourly,<br />
PD = Per Diem,<br />
space-filled if no<br />
value)<br />
Work R 6 140 Alpha (status from<br />
Status<br />
Work<br />
Status Start<br />
Date<br />
Work<br />
Status End<br />
Date<br />
Expected<br />
Months<br />
Expected<br />
Units<br />
Voting<br />
Status<br />
Teacher<br />
PT<br />
SA<br />
ACTIVE<br />
Required if Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE or<br />
ACTIVW, else<br />
Optional.<br />
Required if Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE or<br />
ACTIVW, else<br />
Optional.<br />
Required if Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE or<br />
ACTIVW, else<br />
Optional.<br />
Required<br />
table on page 46)<br />
R 8 146 Date as MMDDYYYY 10252006 Required. The date<br />
the Work Status<br />
started.<br />
C 8 154 Date as MMDDYYYY 10252006<br />
or<br />
00000000<br />
C 2 162 Numeric ## (01-12,<br />
00=NULL)<br />
C 4 164 Numeric ####,<br />
0000=NULL<br />
C 1 168 Alpha<br />
(Y=Certified,<br />
N=Non-certified,<br />
space=NULL)<br />
The date the Work<br />
Status ended.<br />
10 or 00 Required if<br />
Employment<br />
Type=FT AND Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE;<br />
Optional if<br />
Employment<br />
Type=PT AND Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE.<br />
0180 or<br />
0000<br />
Y<br />
Required if<br />
Employment<br />
Type=FT AND Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE;<br />
Optional if Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE<br />
and Employment<br />
Type = PT.<br />
Required if Work<br />
Status = ACTIVE,<br />
else Optional.<br />
54<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
BOC Flag C 1 169 Alpha<br />
(Y=Balance Due,<br />
N=No Balance Due,<br />
space=NULL)<br />
Y<br />
Required if Work<br />
Status =TRMNTN or<br />
DECESD, else<br />
Optional.<br />
Outstanding<br />
Service<br />
Credit Flag<br />
BOC/Svc<br />
End Date<br />
C 1 170 Alpha (Y= Member still<br />
has service to be<br />
reported, N= Member<br />
does not still have<br />
service to be reported,<br />
space=NULL)<br />
Y<br />
C 6 171 Date as MMYYYY 102006<br />
or<br />
000000<br />
Required if Work<br />
Status = TRMNTN<br />
or DECESD,<br />
Required, else<br />
Optional.<br />
If BOC Flag is set to<br />
“Y” or the<br />
Outstanding Service<br />
Credit Flag is set to<br />
“Y” then Required,<br />
else Optional<br />
For more information on any field, see Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on<br />
page 41. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the record line. “Bytes”<br />
indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
55
Uploading a Member Contract Information File<br />
First, access the Member Contract Info sub-menu, as described in How is Member<br />
Demographic Information Sent to PSERS? on page 24.<br />
From the “Member Contract Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “File<br />
Upload.” The following screen appears:<br />
For further information on how to upload a Member Contract Record see Uploading<br />
Information Files on page 163.<br />
Member Contract Info Work Area – File Window<br />
After uploading a file, go to the Member Contract Info Work Area, either by clicking<br />
“Work Area” in the File Upload window or by clicking “Work Area” in the Member<br />
Contract Info sub-menu. The File window of the Work Area appears:<br />
For information on how to navigate in the Contract Records Info File Window see the<br />
chapter on Work Area—File Window located on page 167.<br />
56<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member Contract Info Work Area – Record Detail<br />
Window<br />
The Record Detail window in the Member Contract Info Work Area is used to add to,<br />
delete, or edit the individual Member Contract Records that are included in an<br />
uploaded file.<br />
Access<br />
To access the Record Detail window, go to the File window (see Member Contract<br />
Info Work Area – File Window on page 56 and click “Detail” next to the desired file.<br />
Note: The file must be validated before the Record Detail window can be accessed for<br />
that file.<br />
The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />
For more information on how to navigate the Member Contract Record Info Record<br />
Detail Window refer to the chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on<br />
page 171.<br />
Saving Your Changes<br />
After adding, deleting, or editing any records in the Record Detail window, always<br />
save your work. To save, click “Save” twice. The first “Save” will save the information<br />
to a temporary file and the second “Save” will save the information permanently.<br />
If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking “Save” twice, you will<br />
lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case, any records you added<br />
will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any records you edited will<br />
be returned to their previous information.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
57
Submitting the Records to PSERS<br />
For information on how to submit Member Contract Record to PSERS see Submitting<br />
Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />
Member Contract Records –<br />
Changing Information for an Employee<br />
You must create a new Member Contract Record when the employee does one of the<br />
following:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
requests a waiver from PSERS membership<br />
goes on leave<br />
returns from a leave<br />
begins a new job with you<br />
terminates one or more jobs with you<br />
dies<br />
changes positions<br />
Member Contract Records cannot be changed once they are created.<br />
Employers may only edit the End Date of a contract.<br />
If an error is found in an old Contract Record, call the Employer Service Center for<br />
assistance.<br />
58<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
What You Do When an Employee…<br />
• goes on leave<br />
• terminates all jobs with you<br />
• dies<br />
…submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to the<br />
appropriate leave, or “TRMNTN - Termination,” or “DECESD - Deceased.” Set the<br />
Work Status Start Date to the date the leave began, or the date of termination or the<br />
date of death. In the case of termination or death, also set the BOC Flag, Outstanding<br />
Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End Date fields to appropriate values. All of the<br />
employee’s other Member Contract Records will be end-dated automatically.<br />
• returns from a leave<br />
• begins a new job with you<br />
• receives a waiver denial<br />
…submit a new Member Contract Record for each job the employee will be working<br />
for you. If the employee is returning from leave, the Member Contract Record(s)<br />
showing the leave will be end-dated automatically. (Waiver denials require the<br />
employer to manually end-date previous “ACTIVW” record.)<br />
• requests a waiver from PSERS membership<br />
…submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to ”ACTIVW -<br />
Waiver Request” and Work Status Start Date set to the date the waiver was<br />
requested. Do not edit the existing Member Contract Record(s) for this employee.<br />
• terminates one job with you but continues working for you in another job<br />
…end-date the Member Contract Record for the position being ended, as described<br />
under End-Dating a Member Contract Record.<br />
• requires a Work Report Adjustment for a fiscal year prior to 2004-2005<br />
…contact the Employer Service Center for further assistance. See Contacting PSERS<br />
on page 205.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
59
Changing Member Contract Records Online<br />
You can only EDIT a Member Contract Record if you need to end-date it. In all other<br />
cases, you will be submitting a new Member Contract Record, as described in<br />
Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on page 41. Contact PSERS<br />
Employer Service Center to make changes to an existing Contract Record.<br />
End-Dating a Member Contract Record<br />
In some cases, you must “end-date” an existing Member Contract Record.<br />
Example: An employee works per diem as a substitute teacher and also works a<br />
part-time, hourly position providing office help. As her office hours increase, she<br />
decides to stop working as a substitute teacher. Edit the Member Contract Record<br />
that describes the per diem substitute teacher position. Set the Work Status End Date<br />
to the final date of work at this position.<br />
From the “Member Contract Info” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click<br />
“View/Edit Member Contract.” You will be prompted to enter the social security<br />
number for the employee. Enter the social security number and click “Submit.”<br />
• If the social security number you entered already has at least one Member<br />
Contract Record set up, you will see a list of these records:<br />
• Click “Detail” next to the Member Contract Record to be viewed or edited.<br />
You will see the Member Contract Information window.<br />
60<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
For more information on this window and the fields on it, see Member Contract<br />
Records – Create Online on page 41.<br />
• Edit the Work Status End Date. Enter the last date the Work Status<br />
described in this Member Contract Record was / will be valid. For example, if<br />
the employee is ending work in this position as of March 1, 2006, enter<br />
03 01 2006.<br />
• Click “Save”.<br />
After saving, you will be returned to the above screen, with the message, “Msg –<br />
Member contract created successfully” near the top of the screen. At this point, the<br />
record has been saved. You may make additional changes and save those, or you<br />
may click “Cancel” to exit from this screen. Clicking “Cancel” will cause you to lose<br />
any changes you made since the last “Save.”<br />
Correcting an Error in a Member Contract<br />
If you make an error when you submit a Member Contract Record, follow the<br />
directions under End-Dating a Member Contract Record.<br />
If you do not catch the error until after you have submitted your next monthly Work<br />
Report, you can only change the Work Status End Date field. To change another<br />
field, contact PSERS Employer Service Center.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
61
Changing Member Contract Records by Submitting a File<br />
This process is the same as submitting new Member Contract Records. See Member<br />
Contract Records - Create by Uploading a File on page 52 for details on this process.<br />
The only field that you can edit on a Member Contract is the End Date field.<br />
End-Dating a Member Contract Record<br />
In some cases, you must “end-date” an existing Member Contract Record, as directed<br />
under What You Do When an Employee….<br />
In order to end-date a Member Contract Record, submit a Member Contract Record<br />
where all information matches the current Member Contract Record, except for the<br />
Work Status End Date. Submit the appropriate date in this field.<br />
Example: An employee works per diem as a substitute teacher and also works a<br />
part-time, hourly position providing office help. As her office hours increase, she<br />
decides to stop working as a substitute teacher. Submit a Member Contract Record<br />
where all information matches the Member Contract Record for the per diem<br />
substitute teacher position, except for the Work Status End Date. In this field, submit<br />
the final date of work as a substitute teacher.<br />
Examples<br />
The following examples detail how to create Member Contract Records when an<br />
employee’s work status changes. For information on how to REPORT the employee<br />
during a time of change, see When An Employee’s Work Status Changes on page 109.<br />
Example #1: A teacher takes on a job as Principal, which involves leaving the<br />
teaching job. End-date the existing teacher Member Contract Record by setting Work<br />
Status End Date to the last date the employee will work as a teacher. Then, create a<br />
new Member Contract Record for the Principal position, with Work Status Start Date<br />
as the following day. (The first day working as a Principal.)<br />
Example #2: An employee works multiple positions for you and goes on leave.<br />
Submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to the appropriate<br />
type of leave and Work Status Start Date set to the date the leave began. PSERS will<br />
modify all of the employee’s existing Member Contract Records with you automatically<br />
to reflect the leave.<br />
If an employee works multiple positions for you and is only going on leave from one or<br />
some of these positions, contact PSERS to set just the appropriate Member Contract<br />
Records to leave and keep the others open. See Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />
When an employee returns from leave, submit new Member Contract Records for the<br />
position(s) being resumed. PSERS will automatically end-date all of the leave<br />
Contract Records.<br />
62<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Example #3: An employee dies. Submit a single new Member Contract Record with<br />
Work Status set to “DECESD – Deceased” and Work Status Start Date set to the date<br />
of death. Also set the BOC Flag, Outstanding Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End<br />
Date fields to appropriate values. PSERS will modify all of the employee’s existing<br />
Member Contract Records with you automatically.<br />
Any Member Contract Records the employee has with other employers will not be<br />
affected, since the employee may have different Balance of Contract and Outstanding<br />
Service values with each employer.<br />
Example #4: An employee terminates all employment with you. Submit a single new<br />
Member Contract Record with Work Status set to “TRMNTN – Termination” and Work<br />
Status Start Date set to the date of termination. Also set the BOC Flag, Outstanding<br />
Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End Date fields to appropriate values. PSERS will<br />
modify all of the employee’s existing Member Contract Records with you<br />
automatically.<br />
If the employee is only terminating one or more positions with you and is still working<br />
another position, do not set the Work Status to “TRMNTN - Termination.” Instead,<br />
change the Work Status End Date for the positions that are ending.<br />
Example #5: A part-time employee requests a waiver from PSERS membership.<br />
Submit a single new Member Contract Record with Work Status set to “ACTIVW -<br />
Waiver Request.” Set the Work Status Start Date to the day of employment for the<br />
position being waived.<br />
Only part-time employees can request a waiver from PSERS membership. To make<br />
sure the employee qualifies for the waiver, see Waiving Membership When Employed<br />
Part-Time on page 20. When you set an employee’s Work Status to indicate a waiver<br />
has been requested, PSERS will send a packet of information to the employee<br />
automatically, explaining how waivers work and providing a Membership Waiver<br />
(PSRS-51) form. The employer is no longer required to provide this form to the<br />
employee.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
63
Chapter<br />
5<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – An Introduction<br />
What You Will Do Monthly, Quarterly, and Annually<br />
Monthly:<br />
• Submit Member Demographic Information and at least one Member<br />
Contract Record for each of your new employees. Refer to Member<br />
Demographic information on page 23 and Member Contract Records on<br />
page 37.<br />
• Transmit a Work Report to PSERS by the 10 th of the month to report the<br />
previous month’s wages, contributions, and service (where applicable). See<br />
How are Work Reports Transmitted to PSERS? on page 131.<br />
You may find it is better to submit Work Reports before the 10 th of the month,<br />
in order to check the total amount of your Member (Employee) Contributions<br />
before you remit these to PSERS. These remittances are due at PSERS by<br />
the 10 th of the month.<br />
• After transmitting the Work Report, validate it. This process will detect most<br />
errors that may be in the Work Report. Correct all errors by the 20 th of the<br />
month and approve your report. See How are Work Reports Transmitted<br />
to PSERS? on page 131.<br />
• Remit Member (Employee) Contributions and Member Purchase of<br />
Service Installments to PSERS by the 10 th of the month. These are the<br />
contributions you withheld from employees’ wages during the previous<br />
month. If you are mailing a check, we suggest you mail it by the 5 th of the<br />
month to allow mail-handling time and ensure the check reaches us by the<br />
10 th of the month. Interest will be charged for late payments. For details, see<br />
Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
65
Quarterly, Annual, or As-Needed:<br />
• Pay your employer share of the retirement contributions to PSERS<br />
quarterly. For due dates, see page 82 (Due Dates under Payments –<br />
Remitting to PSERS). Interest will be charged for late payments.<br />
• Submit Work Report Adjustments as needed. Salary or service must be<br />
correct through Work Report Adjustments due to problems you will encounter<br />
when reporting through the normal Work Reports. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work<br />
Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
• If you are not reporting service time for your salaried employees monthly,<br />
report this service time annually, as part of June’s Work Report, which<br />
must be submitted by July 10 th . Service time for all hourly and per diem<br />
employees must be included in monthly Work Reports as the service occurs.<br />
• If needed, submit form Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709) to receive<br />
credit for contributions you paid for an employee on a paid leave who does not<br />
return from the leave or upon returning does not remain in your employ for a<br />
sufficient time (see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113). In these<br />
situations, see Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on page 199.<br />
Do not fill our form Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709) to receive a<br />
credit for contributions you paid for non-qualifying part-time employees<br />
during or after July 2004. This process is automated, so you will receive<br />
credits automatically when appropriate.<br />
What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and<br />
Contribution Rates<br />
For retirement purposes, all employee earnings (salary/wages, sick pay, pay during<br />
leave, bonuses, etc.) are either qualified or unqualified. Retirement contributions<br />
must be paid on qualified earnings and must not be paid on unqualified earnings.<br />
Qualified earnings must be reported to PSERS in Monthly Work Reports. Unqualified<br />
earnings need not be reported but may be reported in Monthly Work Reports under<br />
“Non Retirement Covered Compensation” (NRCC). See How are Work Reports<br />
Transmitted to PSERS? on page 131.<br />
Qualified Earnings<br />
The types of payments listed below are considered to be qualified earnings for<br />
retirement purposes if they are paid to a school employee who is eligible for PSERS<br />
membership. (See Membership—Eligibility and Waivers on page 13.) Retirement<br />
contributions must be paid on these earnings.<br />
In the monthly Work Reports, you must report earnings in the field indicated<br />
for each type of payment.<br />
• Regular Salary/Wages - Salary/wages based on the standard pay<br />
schedule for which the employee is rendering service. Report these<br />
earnings in the Base field.<br />
66<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Overtime - Wages, paid over and above the regular salary, which<br />
represent additional hours worked. Report these earnings in the OT<br />
(Overtime) field.<br />
• Extracurricular activities - Wages paid for additional duties performed<br />
after normal working hours should be included in the SUPP (Supplemental)<br />
field. Examples of these earnings are wages paid to coaches, ticket takers,<br />
chaperones for school activities, yearbook overseers, etc.<br />
<br />
If you employ an individual solely for an extracurricular activity and<br />
they have qualified employment, then the earnings would be reported<br />
in the Base field as qualified salary. The member cannot be currently<br />
receiving a PSERS annuity and they cannot have waived membership<br />
in PSERS.<br />
• Jury duty - You must withhold and pay retirement contributions on the<br />
regular, full salary of employees who are serving jury duty. If you are<br />
paying the employee the regular, full salary, report this as usual in the Base<br />
field. If you are paying the employee the difference between the regular,<br />
full salary and the amount the employee is paid for serving on jury duty,<br />
report the amount you actually pay in the Base field and report the amount<br />
the employee is paid for the jury duty in the URCC (Unpaid Retirement<br />
Covered Compensation) field. Keep the Work Status as “ACTIVE –<br />
Actively Working” for employees on jury duty.<br />
• Difference payments – This type of payment applies if you pay a teacher<br />
who is on leave the difference between the teacher’s regular, full salary<br />
and the salary you pay to the substitute teacher who fills in for this teacher.<br />
In this case, you must pay retirement contributions on the regular, full<br />
salary. Report the amount you actually pay in the Base field and report the<br />
amount that is not paid in the Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation<br />
field.<br />
• Incentive payments – Based on a Commonwealth Court decision,<br />
incentive payments are retirement-covered compensation. The following<br />
criteria must be met:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The payment must be tied to work performance.<br />
There is an objective means to calculate the payment.<br />
The employer is contractually obligated to make the payment if the<br />
performance standards are met and are not discretionary or subjective.<br />
The payment is a significant part of the employee’s income.<br />
If the above criteria are met, report the incentive payment in the SUPP<br />
(Supplemental) field and withhold retirement contributions as you would on<br />
other pay to this employee. If the employee is part-time hourly or per diem<br />
and is not yet having contributions withheld, report the incentive payment in<br />
the WNC (Wages No Contribution) field.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
67
Example #1: All classroom reading teachers whose students show an<br />
average increase in reading ability of X% from the scores earned by an<br />
established testing method will earn an additional $1,000 payment at the<br />
close of the school year. The test(s) must be given during the first 4 weeks<br />
of the school year to establish a base reading level for each student and<br />
during the last 4 weeks of the school year to establish the reading level at<br />
the close of the school year.<br />
Example #2: A bus driver will receive an additional X% of their yearly<br />
salary if they have a whole school year with no accidents and no late runs.<br />
Late runs caused by weather conditions will not be counted against the<br />
driver. Adverse weather conditions will be determined using the standard<br />
school policy.<br />
• Paid Leave - Sick, annual, or personal leave paid to an employee who is<br />
on leave and is NOT making retirement contributions while on the leave<br />
MUST be reported. This type of payment is considered to be qualified<br />
earnings when an employee is reported to PSERS as being on a noncontributing<br />
leave, is NOT receiving Worker’s Compensation while on<br />
leave, and is then paid salary for their accumulated sick leave, annual<br />
leave, and/or personal leave. PSERS considers this payment for “used”<br />
leave, which qualifies as retirement-covered compensation. Report this<br />
type of pay in the Base field and record the contributions on it in the<br />
Contributions field. Report service time for this payment in the Days or<br />
Hours field.<br />
If you are reporting the employee’s regular, full salary in the WNC (Wages<br />
No Contribution) field during the leave, do NOT do so when you report the<br />
accumulated sick leave, annual leave, and/or personal leave. The WNC<br />
(Wages No Contribution) field should only be used if ALL of the salary in a<br />
Work Report Record is unpaid and is available for Purchase of Service.<br />
Exception: If the employee is receiving Worker’s Compensation during<br />
the leave, do NOT report any accumulated sick leave, annual leave, and/or<br />
personal leave that you pay to the employee. Continue to report the<br />
employee normally.<br />
• Employee dies while in service - Payment to an employee’s beneficiary<br />
or estate for time worked prior to the employee's death. Record this<br />
payment in the Base field and make contributions on it normally.<br />
68<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Part-Time Hourly and Per Diem Employees<br />
Part-time hourly and per diem employees become eligible for retirement<br />
contributions on their 500 th hour or 80 th day of employment in a school year. This<br />
service time is cumulative among all PSERS employers, so you must begin<br />
withholding contributions when the total employment between you and the other<br />
employer(s) reaches 80 days or 500 hours. PSERS will notify you if you do not<br />
begin withholding contributions at the necessary time.<br />
You have two basic choices for these employees:<br />
1. Withhold and report contributions to PSERS from the first day of<br />
employment. In this case, report the employee’s earnings as described<br />
under Qualified Earnings.<br />
or…<br />
2. Wait and make contributions when the employee reaches 500 hours or 80<br />
days. In this case, prior to the 80th day / 500th hour, report all earnings<br />
that would normally be qualified in the WNC (Wages No Contribution) field.<br />
Do not use the Base, OT (Overtime), SUPP (Supplemental), URCC<br />
(Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation), or EXSAL (Excess Salary)<br />
fields.<br />
You must withhold contributions beginning with the employee's 80th day<br />
or 500th hour. At this time, you must also begin paying the employer<br />
contributions. The employee and the employer will be billed for the<br />
contributions on the wages reported in the WNC (Wages No<br />
Contributions) filed.<br />
PSERS helps you determine when a part-time employee qualifies for retirement<br />
contributions:<br />
• If you do not pay employer contributions for an employee who qualifies,<br />
PSERS will send you a letter and bill you for the contributions you should<br />
have made. PSERS will also bill the employee for the employee’s share of<br />
the contributions that should have been made.<br />
• If you make employer contributions for an employee and that employee<br />
never reaches 80 days or 500 hours of employment in that school year,<br />
PSERS will credit the contributions to your account after the end of the<br />
school year.<br />
• If an employee does not reach qualification status in a school year and<br />
member contributions were deducted, PSERS will refund the member after<br />
all employer reporting is competed for that school year. An Application for<br />
Partial Refund (Non-Qualifying Service) is not required.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
69
Maximum Earnings Subject to Contributions<br />
IRS Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the amount of<br />
compensation that is subject to retirement contributions for active employees entering<br />
PSERS membership on or after July 1, 1996.<br />
• For employees who became PSERS’ members before July 1, 1996, there is<br />
no maximum earning level beyond which retirement contributions should not<br />
be made. Contributions must be made on all qualifying earnings for these<br />
employees, regardless of how much they earn in a calendar year.<br />
• For employees who became PSERS’ member on or after July 1, 1996, the<br />
maximum amount of earnings that qualify for retirement contributions may not<br />
exceed the following amounts:<br />
Calendar Year Reportable Compensation Limit<br />
2006 $220,000<br />
2007 $225,000<br />
If an employee earns more in a calendar year than the limit shown above, all<br />
salary that exceeds this limit should be reported in the EXSAL (Excess Salary)<br />
field on the employee’s Work Report Records for the remainder of that<br />
CALENDAR year. No retirement contributions should be made on this excess<br />
salary.<br />
If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the compensation limit<br />
for that year will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number<br />
of months in the determination period and the denominator of which is 12.<br />
Example: For an employee who works for 5 months in 2006, the reportable<br />
compensation limit would be $91,667 ($220,000 x 5/12).<br />
70<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Unqualified Earnings (Non Retirement Covered<br />
Compensation)<br />
The Public School Employees' Retirement Board's Regulations, 22 Pa. Code §211.2<br />
states that certain types of payments you make to your employees must not be<br />
included in a retirement calculation.<br />
It is highly recommended that you report unqualified earnings to PSERS to reduce<br />
future questions, but it is not required. If reported, unqualified earnings must be<br />
reported in the NRCC (Non Retirement Covered Compensation) field in your monthly<br />
Work Reports.<br />
Below are the types of payments made to a school employee eligible for PSERS<br />
membership that are unqualified earnings.<br />
• Bonuses: As compared with incentive payments, which ARE qualified<br />
earnings, bonuses are paid as an extra amount outside of the contract<br />
between you and the employee and/or are based on subjective criteria.<br />
Example: An employer makes a payment of $1,000 to an employee in<br />
recognition of exceptional performance in the current school year. The<br />
payment is outside of the employee’s contract. This payment is a bonus<br />
because there was no contractual obligation to make the payment and<br />
defining an “exceptional performance” is subjective.<br />
• Severance Payments: Any payment that is contingent upon an employee<br />
retiring is not eligible for retirement contributions.<br />
Example: An employer agrees to pay $5,000 to any member who retires<br />
during the school year. This payment is not compensation for retirement<br />
because it is contingent upon retirement.<br />
• Additional Unqualified Payments: the following types of payments are not<br />
eligible for retirement contributions:<br />
<br />
Any payment you make to a non-salary reduction Internal Revenue<br />
Code 403(b) tax sheltered annuity, or similar payment. Although it<br />
may be considered compensation, it is not part of the stated salary for<br />
the job position.<br />
Example: If the employer agrees to make a contribution to an<br />
employee’s 403(b) plan in lieu of a salary increase, etc., the amount of<br />
the contribution should be reported in the NRCC (Non Retirement<br />
Covered Compensation) field in your monthly Work Reports.<br />
<br />
<br />
Any payments (remuneration or a profit derived from one’s office)<br />
received by a school employee for school service that is not based on<br />
the standard pay schedule for which they are rendering service.<br />
Payment for unused sick leave if paid in a lump sum.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
71
Payment of salary from sick leave, annual, or personal leave while an<br />
employee is on a non-contributing leave and is receiving a Worker’s<br />
Compensation benefit. This is considered payment for “unused” leave.<br />
Payment to an employee while on a non-contributing leave when the<br />
compensation does not equal at least one-half of the employee's regular<br />
contract salary (see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.)<br />
Special payments for health and welfare plans based on the hours<br />
employed.<br />
Payment for unused vacation days or annual leave.<br />
Payment for unused personal days.<br />
Extracurricular pay while on a non-contributing leave during normal<br />
work hours.<br />
Payments for attending school seminars and conventions.<br />
Reimbursements for expenses, including tuition.<br />
Payments or a profit derived from one’s office that may be negotiated in<br />
a collective bargaining agreement for the express purpose of enhancing<br />
the compensation factor for retirement benefits.<br />
Payments made because of settlement or an arbitration or court case<br />
when the settlement involves less than full reinstatement, back pay,<br />
and benefits.<br />
Interest payment included with settlements or arbitration of a court<br />
case.<br />
All settlements or salary from arbitration will be reviewed by PSERS on<br />
a case-by-case basis. Send the information in writing to PSERS. Be<br />
sure to state what the settlement represents in detail and what the<br />
salary payment represents. You must provide a copy of the court<br />
award or arbitration.<br />
72<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Salaries for PSERS retirees hired for employment due to an<br />
emergency or shortage of personnel. An emergency is<br />
characterized as an increase in workload that creates a serious<br />
impairment of service to the public or a shortage of appropriate subject<br />
certified teachers or personnel.<br />
Salaries for PSERS retirees hired for an extracurricular activity. This<br />
applies only if hired under both of the following conditions:<br />
1. The retiree is hired for an extracurricular position that is conducted<br />
outside of the regular instructional hours and is not part of the<br />
school’s mandated curriculum.<br />
2. The retiree is employed under a separate written contract with you;<br />
and the written contract contains both:<br />
a) A waiver by the retiree of any potential retirement benefits that<br />
could result from the post-retirement employment, and…<br />
b) A release of both you and PSERS from any liability for benefits<br />
related to the post-retirement employment.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Payments to a student who is working as part of the student’s<br />
curriculum. If the work is NOT part of the curriculum, it is considered<br />
to be QUALIFIED earnings if the student is age 15 or older.<br />
Salary paid to employees serving as PIAA officials (they are<br />
considered independent contractors contracted through PIAA).<br />
Payments to an employee on a leave of absence due to a collective<br />
bargaining issue, in some circumstances. Contact PSERS to determine<br />
this. (This is a case-by-case basis). To contact PSERS, see Contacting<br />
PSERS on page 205.<br />
Payment to an employee in lieu of a benefit the employee is eligible to<br />
receive, or any reimbursement received by the employee. (These<br />
payments do not become part of your standard pay schedule.)<br />
Example: Payments in lieu of your employer-sponsored vision and<br />
dental plan.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
73
Consequences of <strong>Reporting</strong> Earnings Incorrectly<br />
Employers frequently make payments to their employees in excess of base salary.<br />
PSERS needs to know which payments count as retirement compensation and which<br />
do not.<br />
It is imperative to classify your payments to employees correctly. An employee must<br />
pay retirement contributions on their qualified earnings. In addition, these earnings<br />
are used to calculate the employee’s final average salary for retirement benefits. If<br />
the employee’s final average salary does not reflect their long-term average salary,<br />
this will trigger an audit of the employee’s account.<br />
See <strong>Reporting</strong> – An Introduction starting on page 65 for more information.<br />
When an employee’s base salary changes unexpectedly without a change in Work<br />
Status or Job Title that explains this change, PSERS will review your payments to<br />
this employee to determine if they represent compensation for retirement purposes.<br />
This review may require you to retrieve old records for this employee.<br />
Example: When employers grant large salary increases to employees at or near<br />
retirement age, it has the effect of greatly increasing the employee’s final average<br />
salary. PSERS sees these salary increases as being severance pay and therefore,<br />
excludes them from "compensation" by the regulatory definition.<br />
Please remember that the incorrect reporting of salaries could cause the following<br />
problems:<br />
• Your required contribution to PSERS might increase. This could affect your<br />
available budget. The rate used to calculate your share of contributions is<br />
computed as a percentage of the total compensation you and other employers pay<br />
to all the employees who are active members of PSERS. <strong>Reporting</strong> incorrect<br />
salary/wages could inflate the employer contribution rate for all employers.<br />
• A delay in processing a retiring employee’s final benefits. When PSERS<br />
calculates a retiring employee’s benefits, the contributions, service, and<br />
interest are checked. If the employee’s final average salary does not<br />
reflect the employees’ long-term average salary, this will trigger a full audit<br />
of the employee’s account.<br />
• If PSERS suspects that a salary you report on a monthly Work Report is<br />
incorrect, we will contact you for an explanation. If it turns out that you reported<br />
the earnings incorrectly, you will need to file a Work Report Adjustment to<br />
correct the situation. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
• You must refund the excess to the employee if excess contributions were<br />
withheld from the employee’s earnings as a result of misreported salary.<br />
• You must contact the employee to obtain these unpaid contributions if<br />
insufficient contributions were withheld from the employee’s earnings as a<br />
result of misreported salary.<br />
• Inaccurate retirement estimates being given to employees. PSERS<br />
provides employees an estimate of their retirement benefits before an<br />
employees’ retirement. PSERS does not audit the employee's entire<br />
account to provide this estimate. If incorrect salary was reported, the<br />
estimate will include the incorrect salary. Therefore, the estimate may<br />
not reflect the correct retirement benefit.<br />
74<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Determining Employee Contribution Rates<br />
The contribution rate for each employee depends on several factors. You must<br />
determine the correct rate for each employee when that employee first begins work<br />
for you. It is also possible for an employee’s contribution rate to change under<br />
certain circumstances.<br />
As a double-check, PSERS calculates the contributions automatically for each<br />
employee and compares these contributions against the contribution reported in your<br />
Work Report. If the contributions do not match, PSERS notifies you of the<br />
discrepancy by identifying the information as an exception in the work report and<br />
charges or credits the difference to your account with PSERS. Employers should<br />
always check for exceptions in the work report before approving. Contact<br />
PSERS immediately if you do not agree with the rate PSERS displays in the<br />
exception message. The rate will be reviewed for accuracy.<br />
Membership Contribution Coverage Group<br />
Every employee belongs to the Dual Coverage Group. A member of the Dual<br />
Coverage (D) group makes full contributions to both the Social Security<br />
Administration and PSERS.<br />
Membership Class<br />
Employees who become a member of PSERS on or after July 1, 1967, automatically<br />
belong to the standard rate group. These employees are also members of the Dual<br />
Coverage group.<br />
All employees who become a member of PSERS after June 30, 2001, are<br />
automatically in Class T-D membership and have a standard contribution rate of 7.50<br />
percent of salary.<br />
Employees who became members of PSERS prior to July 1, 2001, had a standard<br />
contribution rate of 5.25 percent or 6.25 percent of salary. If the employees elected<br />
the new Class T-D, their contribution rate increased by 1.25 percent of their<br />
previously established contribution rate.<br />
Employees who did not elect the new Class T-D membership remain in Class T-C<br />
with a standard contribution rate of 5.25 percent or 6.25 percent of salary.<br />
If an employee has had a break in service or other qualifying event, consult the chart<br />
on page 76 to see if the employee’s contribution rate has changed.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
75
Quick Reference – When the Contribution Rate Changes<br />
Certain situations can cause the contribution rate for an employee to change:<br />
Hired…<br />
prior to July 22,<br />
1983<br />
prior to July 22,<br />
1983<br />
prior to July 22,<br />
1983<br />
prior to July 22,<br />
1983<br />
prior to July 22,<br />
1983<br />
after July 22,<br />
1983, but prior<br />
to July 1, 2001<br />
and…<br />
the employee has a 90-day or longer<br />
break in service, or a 2 year noncontributing<br />
leave and returned after July<br />
1983.<br />
A break in service is defined as a 90-day<br />
period during which the employee is not<br />
employed.<br />
Summer vacation is not considered a<br />
break in service.<br />
the employee refunds, vests or takes a<br />
normal, early, or disability retirement and<br />
subsequently returns to service on or after<br />
7/1/2001.<br />
a part-time member who qualifies for<br />
membership each school year<br />
the employee is purchasing the period<br />
beginning with the effective date of hire to<br />
the effective date on which retirement<br />
withholding began. Submit a letter to the<br />
Member Accounting Section certifying the<br />
employee's effective date, that the<br />
employee was employed prior to the time<br />
purchased, and retirement contributions<br />
were deducted after July 22, 1983.<br />
An employee who refunds but returns their<br />
checks because they decided not to<br />
refund is allowed to remain at the rate as<br />
long as the employee has returned to<br />
service within 90 days of leaving service.<br />
The check must be returned to PSERS<br />
within 90 days.<br />
a part-time employee who fails to qualify<br />
for membership during a school year<br />
if Class T-C,<br />
report at…<br />
if Class T-D,<br />
report at…<br />
6.25% 7.50%<br />
N/A (Return to<br />
membership will<br />
qualify under<br />
Class T-D)<br />
7.50%<br />
5.25% 6.50%<br />
5.25% 6.50%<br />
5.25% 6.50%<br />
N/A (Return to<br />
membership will<br />
qualify under<br />
Class T-D)<br />
7.50%<br />
76<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Exceptions<br />
• An employee who transfers to another employer is considered not to have a<br />
break in service if the transfer is made within 90 days of resignation from the<br />
former employment.<br />
• An employee who is furloughed or on a leave of absence is permitted to<br />
return to service within a two-year period and maintain the previous rate of<br />
contribution.<br />
• An employee who does not work because of a strike maintains the previous<br />
rate of contribution.<br />
• Part-time employees reported, who qualified in a previous school year,<br />
worked a short period of time in the next school year, went on leave without<br />
pay or were furloughed should remain at the established rate. This is<br />
provided they returned to service within a two-year period even though they<br />
may have refunded the money reported in a school year for which they did<br />
not qualify.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
77
Chapter<br />
6<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Monthly Work Report<br />
You must report employee earnings, contributions, Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installments, and work status monthly. In addition, service time for all non-salaried<br />
employees must be reported at the same time. Service time for salaried employees<br />
may be submitted monthly or annually; if you choose to submit this information<br />
annually, you must include it in the June Monthly Work Report.<br />
You must submit a Work Report Record for every employee who has not waived<br />
membership in PSERS. This includes part-time employees from the first day of<br />
employment.<br />
A Work Report Record contains the following information:<br />
• Employee’s social security number and birth date.<br />
• The fiscal year for the earnings and/or contributions being reported.<br />
• Wage type (hourly, per diem, or salaried).<br />
• Work status (“ACTIVE - Actively Working,” on some form of leave, etc.).<br />
• Employee’s base earnings, excluding earnings that exceed the IRS<br />
401(a)(17) limitations.<br />
• If the employee is on a qualified leave, any salary that was not paid but on<br />
which the employee is making contributions.<br />
• Any overtime compensation.<br />
• Any supplemental compensation paid for additional duties, or any salary for<br />
another job that does not have a separate Member Contract Record.<br />
• Employee’s retirement contributions withheld by the employer.<br />
• If employee is paid hourly, hours worked or hours of service time earned<br />
while on a contributing leave.<br />
• If employee is paid per diem, days worked or days of service time earned<br />
while on a contributing leave; for salaried employees, service time is reported<br />
in the DAYS field, either monthly or annually.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
79
• If employee is not contributing (due to a leave or because the employee is<br />
part-time and has not yet reached 80 days or 500 hours of service), salary<br />
that was or would have been paid.<br />
• Any Member Purchase of Service Installments.<br />
• Any excess salary paid above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations.<br />
• Any compensation that is not eligible for retirement contributions, such as a<br />
bonus payment.<br />
To make it easier to create Work Reports, PSERS allows you to include employees’<br />
earnings, contributions, and service time in the monthly Work Report that<br />
corresponds to when this work was paid rather than the calendar month in which the<br />
work was performed.<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> by Pay Periods<br />
If you pay your employees on a monthly or semimonthly basis, you will probably find<br />
it easiest to report by pay periods. You may also use this reporting method if you pay<br />
on a different time schedule, such as weekly or biweekly.<br />
Example: An employer who pays twelve-month employees on a biweekly basis<br />
chooses to report by pay period, as follows:<br />
Pay Period<br />
Dates (all are in<br />
2006):<br />
Include in this<br />
monthly Work<br />
Report (set the<br />
“<strong>Reporting</strong> Period<br />
Date” in the Work<br />
Report Header to):<br />
Set the “Fiscal<br />
Year Ending”<br />
field in each<br />
Work Report<br />
Record to:<br />
Transmit<br />
the Work<br />
Report to<br />
PSERS<br />
by:<br />
Example<br />
Name:<br />
Check<br />
Date:<br />
Pay A May 2-14 May 21 May 2006 2006 06/10/06<br />
Pay B May 15-28 June 4 May 2006 2006 06/10/06<br />
Pay C May 29-June 11 June 18 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />
Pay D June 12-25 July 2 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />
Pay E June 26-July 9 July 16 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />
Pay F July 10-July 23 July 30 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />
All pay periods that END in a month are included in that monthly Work Report,<br />
regardless of when the pay period began or when the paycheck was issued.<br />
On each employee’s Work Report Record, the “Fiscal Year Ending” field is set to the<br />
fiscal year when the pay period ended. In Pay D above, the paycheck was issued in<br />
the 2006-2007 fiscal year (July 2), but the Fiscal Year Ending field will be set to 2006<br />
to match the pay period ending date (June 25 in the 2005-2006 fiscal year). In Pay<br />
E, the pay period began in the 2005-2006 fiscal year (June 26) but ended in the<br />
2006-2007 fiscal year (July 9); the Fiscal Year Ending field must be set to 2007.<br />
Note: Employees who work ten months out of the school year and are paid the<br />
Balance of Contract over he summer must reflect the year the salary was earned and<br />
not the year was paid in the “Fiscal Year Ending” field.<br />
80<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
<strong>Reporting</strong> by Paycheck Date<br />
Some employers may prefer to report each payroll based on the month in which the<br />
paychecks were issued for that pay period.<br />
Example: An employer who pays twelve-month employees on a biweekly basis<br />
chooses to report by paycheck date, as follows:<br />
Pay Period<br />
Dates (all are in<br />
2006):<br />
Include in this<br />
monthly Work<br />
Report (set the<br />
“<strong>Reporting</strong> Period<br />
Date” in the Work<br />
Report Header to):<br />
Set the “Fiscal<br />
Year Ending”<br />
field in each<br />
Work Report<br />
Record to:<br />
Transmit<br />
the Work<br />
Report to<br />
PSERS<br />
by:<br />
Example<br />
Name:<br />
Check<br />
Date:<br />
Pay A May 2-14 May 21 May 2006 2006 06/10/06<br />
Pay B May 15-28 June 4 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />
Pay C May 29-June 11 June 18 June 2006 2006 07/10/06<br />
Pay D June 12-25 July 2 July 2006 2006 08/10/06<br />
Pay E June 26-July 9 July 16 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />
Pay F July 10-July 23 July 30 July 2006 2007 08/10/06<br />
All checks issued in a month are included in that monthly Work Report, regardless of<br />
when the actual work was performed.<br />
On each employee’s Work Report Record, the “Fiscal Year Ending” field must be set<br />
to the fiscal year when the pay period ended, so that the wages and service will be<br />
applied to the correct year. In Pay D above, the paycheck was issued in the 2006-<br />
2007 fiscal year (July 2), but the Fiscal Year Ending field must be set to 2006, since<br />
the pay period ended in the 2005-2006 fiscal year (June 25).<br />
If a pay period crosses fiscal years, set the “Fiscal Year Ending” field on each<br />
employee’ Work Report Record to the fiscal year of the pay period ENDING date. In<br />
Pay E, the pay period began in the 2005-2006 fiscal year (June 26) but ended in the<br />
2006-2007 fiscal year (July 9). The Fiscal Year Ending field must be set to 2007.<br />
In this example, the July 2006 Work Report includes a pay period from fiscal year<br />
2006 and a pay period from fiscal year 2007. Because of this, each employee would<br />
have two Work Report Records in the July 2006 Work Report in this example: one<br />
that includes Pay D and one that includes Pay E.<br />
Note: Employees who work ten months out of the school year and are paid the<br />
Balance of Contract over he summer must reflect the year the salary was earned and<br />
not the year was paid in the “Fiscal Year Ending” field.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
81
Payment Due Dates<br />
• You must remit Member Contributions and Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installments to PSERS in time for them to arrive at PSERS by the 10 th of the<br />
month (the same day your monthly Work Report is due.) These are the<br />
contributions you withheld from employees’ wages during the previous<br />
month, as well as any Member Purchase of Service Installments your<br />
employees are having withheld from their paychecks. If you are paying by<br />
check, we suggest you mail the checks to us by the 5 th of the month to allow<br />
mail-handling time and ensure they reach us by the 10 th of the month.<br />
Interest will be charged for late payments.<br />
• If the Member Contributions you remit to PSERS are less than 90% of the<br />
amount due for that month (plus 100% of any overdue amount), you will be<br />
charged interest on the unpaid amount at a rate of 6% per annum. Interest<br />
will be charged on the 21 st of each month for every day the payment was late<br />
(starting with the day after payment was due). If you pay at least 90% but<br />
less than 100% of the due amount during the month it is due, the remainder<br />
must be paid by the 10 th of the next month, or interest will begin to accrue on<br />
this amount. See Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />
• If the Member Purchase of Service Installments you remit to PSERS are less<br />
than 100% of the amount due for that month, you will be charged interest on<br />
the unpaid amount at a rate of 6% per annum. Interest will be charged on the<br />
21 st of each month for every day the payment was late (starting with the day<br />
after payment was due). See Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />
• You may find it is better to submit Work Reports before the 10 th of the<br />
month in order to check the total amount of your Member (Employee)<br />
Contributions and Member Purchase of Service Installments before you<br />
remit these to PSERS.<br />
• You must submit Member Demographic Information and at least one Member<br />
Contract Record for an employee BEFORE you submit a Work Report<br />
Record for that employee.<br />
Employee Working Multiple Jobs for You<br />
It is not unusual for an employee to work more than one job for you.<br />
Example: A teacher coaches a sport team and helps at lunchtime.<br />
Depending on the jobs worked, you may have entered more than one Member<br />
Contract Record for the employee. When reporting for this employee, you may need<br />
to report these positions separately or combine them in one Work Report Record.<br />
For details, see <strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Works Multiple Positions for You on<br />
page 106.<br />
82<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Changes in an Employee’s Work Status<br />
Changes to an employee’s work status are indicated by submitting a new Member<br />
Contract Record and by end-dating the previous existing Member Contract Record.<br />
See Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee on page 58<br />
if an employee:<br />
• Requests a waiver from PSERS membership.<br />
• Goes on leave.<br />
• Returns from a leave.<br />
• Begins a new job with you.<br />
• Terminates one or more jobs with you.<br />
• Dies.<br />
For information on how to report the employee during a time of change, see When<br />
An Employee’s Work Status Changes on page 109.<br />
How are Work Reports Transmitted to PSERS?<br />
First, access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />
familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />
From the Employer Services window, click “Work <strong>Reporting</strong>” in the left-hand menu.<br />
A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />
Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Sub-Menu<br />
For further details on the Monthly Work Report Info Sub-Menu refer to the chapter<br />
titled Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
83
Monthly Work Report – Create Online<br />
Some employers may prefer to enter Work Report Records directly online rather than<br />
uploading a file to PSERS. Small employers who do not have a payroll/HR software<br />
system that can create Work Report files automatically typically use this option.<br />
Work Report Records must be created by the 10 th day of the month following the<br />
month being reported and must be approved for submission to PSERS by the 20 th of<br />
the month.<br />
First, access the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu, as described in <strong>Reporting</strong> -- Monthly<br />
Work Report on page 79.<br />
From the “Work <strong>Reporting</strong>” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “Create<br />
Work Report.” You will see the following on your screen:<br />
Enter the Year and Month in which the salary and service you are reporting<br />
was earned. Enter the year in YYYY format, with no spaces, dashes, or other<br />
characters. Select the Month from the drop-down box. Use the actual calendar<br />
month and year of the report.<br />
After entering the Year and Month, click Create. You will see the following screen:<br />
This screen is the Work Area Detail Window. From here you will add or edit your<br />
employees’ Work Report Records, as described in Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area on<br />
page 90.<br />
84<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Monthly Work Report - Create by Uploading a File<br />
For information on how to submit Monthly Work Reports by uploading a file see<br />
Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159.<br />
The file must be uploaded by the 10 th of the month following the month being<br />
reported. You have until the 20 th of the month to correct any errors and to approve<br />
the Work Report for submission to PSERS.<br />
Only one Work Report can be submitted for a particular month, so ensure your Work<br />
Report is complete and correct before you approve it for submission to PSERS. See<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Ensuring the Monthly Work Report is Complete and Correct on page 105.<br />
Reminder: Before you can submit a Work Report Record for an employee, Member<br />
Demographic Information and at least one Member Contract Record must be on file<br />
with PSERS for that employee.<br />
Every night, PSERS processes Work Reports that have been approved for<br />
submission. At this time, PSERS releases the Work Report and posts the<br />
information in it to our records. The information in your monthly Work Report will be<br />
applied to your account with PSERS and to your employees’ accounts with us.<br />
You may view a report that has been approved, such as a previous month’s report.<br />
Use the Approved Reports option to do this. There is a print function on the top<br />
right of the screen when the file is opened. You must print in landscape format.<br />
To make any corrections after a Work Report has been released, you must submit a<br />
Work Report Adjustment. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
Format for Work Report Files<br />
For information on how to correctly format a Work Report see the chapter<br />
titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161. The following pages will<br />
illustrate in detail the layout for Work Report Files.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
85
Header of the Work Report File<br />
The Work Report file must include a single-line header as the first line in the file. The<br />
header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the file, the number of<br />
records in the file, the date and time the file was created, and the total dollar amount<br />
for each wage category in the file. This information must be in the following format:<br />
Header<br />
Record<br />
Type<br />
Employer<br />
Code<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong><br />
Period Date<br />
Detail<br />
Record<br />
Count<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
R 1 1 Alpha (R=Work<br />
Report)<br />
R<br />
Describes the incoming<br />
file type; Member Work<br />
Report information.<br />
R 6 2 Numeric 6-digit<br />
number<br />
003456 Employer ID assigned<br />
by PSERS<br />
R 6 8 Date as MMYYYY 052006 The month and year<br />
being reported in the<br />
Work Report. Cannot<br />
be duplicated.<br />
R 6 14 Numeric 6-digit<br />
number<br />
Base Total R 12 20 Numeric as<br />
#########.##<br />
Unpaid<br />
Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
Total<br />
Overtime<br />
Total<br />
Supplemental<br />
Total<br />
Wages No<br />
Contribution<br />
Total<br />
Member<br />
POS Installment<br />
Total<br />
Excess<br />
Salary Total<br />
Non-Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
Creation<br />
Date and<br />
Time<br />
R 12 32 Numeric<br />
#########.##<br />
R 12 44 Numeric<br />
#########.##<br />
R 12 56 Numeric<br />
#########.##<br />
R 12 68 Numeric<br />
#########.##<br />
R 12 80 Numeric<br />
#########.##<br />
R 12 92 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
R 12 104 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
R 12 116 Date as<br />
MMDDYYYY<br />
HHMM<br />
002680 Total number of Work<br />
Report Records.<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
102520061300<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line.<br />
“Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />
Totals refer to this file only.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Base field in all Work<br />
Report Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Unpaid Retirement<br />
Covered Compensation<br />
field in all Work Report<br />
Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Overtime field in all<br />
Work Report Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Supplemental field in all<br />
Work Report Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Wages No Contribution<br />
field in all Work Report<br />
Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Member POS<br />
Installment field in all<br />
Work Report Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Member Excess Salary<br />
field in all Work Report<br />
Records.<br />
Total dollar amount of<br />
Non-Retirement<br />
Covered Compensation<br />
field in all Work Report<br />
Records.<br />
File creation date and<br />
time in military format.<br />
86<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Record Lines in the Work Report File<br />
Each Work Report Record must consist of a single line of information, in the<br />
following format:<br />
Social<br />
Security<br />
Number<br />
Date of<br />
Birth<br />
Fiscal<br />
Year<br />
Ending<br />
Wage<br />
Type<br />
Work<br />
Status<br />
R/O/C<br />
R =<br />
Required<br />
O =<br />
Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start<br />
Format &<br />
Values Sample Comments<br />
R 9 1 Numeric 123456789 Required<br />
R 8 10 Date as<br />
MMDDYYYY<br />
04121980 Required<br />
R 4 18 Year as YYYY 2006 The fiscal year in<br />
which the salary and<br />
service were earned.<br />
R 2 22 Alpha<br />
SA<br />
The wage type must<br />
SA = Salary<br />
match the Contract<br />
PD = Per Diem<br />
Record submitted.<br />
HR = Hourly<br />
R 6 24 Alpha; value from<br />
Work Status<br />
Table<br />
Base C 9 30 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
Unpaid<br />
Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
C 9 39 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
ACTIVE<br />
005000.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
005000.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
The work status that<br />
was in effect at the<br />
end of the month of<br />
the reporting period.<br />
This field is required<br />
if… • Work Status<br />
equals ACTIVE AND<br />
both Supplemental<br />
AND Wages No<br />
Contribution equal<br />
zero. • Work Status<br />
equals SABTLC. •<br />
Work Status equals<br />
ACTMLC, STUDYC,<br />
EXCHGC, SSLWCC,<br />
UNIONC, or SSLSSC<br />
AND Unpaid<br />
Retirement<br />
Contributions equals<br />
zero. • Work Status<br />
equals NOWORK<br />
must be zero value.<br />
This field is required<br />
if…<br />
• Work status equals<br />
SABTLC • Work<br />
status equals<br />
ACTMLC, STUDYC,<br />
EXCHGC, SSLWCC,<br />
UNIONC, or SSLSSC<br />
AND Base equals<br />
zero. If Work Status<br />
equals NOWORK<br />
must be zero value.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
87
R/O/C<br />
R =<br />
Required<br />
O =<br />
Optional<br />
C =<br />
Format &<br />
Conditional Bytes Start<br />
Overtime O 9 48 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
Supplemental<br />
Contributions<br />
C 9 57 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
C 9 66 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
Values Sample Comments<br />
000100.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
000100.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
000350.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
Hours C 4 75 Numeric as #### 0160 or<br />
0000<br />
Days C 6 79 Numeric as<br />
###.##<br />
020.00<br />
or<br />
000.00<br />
If Work Status equals<br />
NOWORK must be<br />
zero value.<br />
If Work Status equals<br />
ACTIVE AND both<br />
Base AND Wages No<br />
Contribution equal<br />
zero, then Required.<br />
If Work Status equals<br />
NOWORK must be<br />
zero value.<br />
If Base OR<br />
Supplemental OR<br />
Overtime OR Unpaid<br />
Retirement Covered<br />
Compensation is not<br />
zero, then<br />
Contributions<br />
Required. If Work<br />
Status equals<br />
NOWORK must be<br />
zero value.<br />
If Wage Type equals<br />
HR AND<br />
(Contributions are<br />
greater than zero OR<br />
Wages No<br />
Contributions are<br />
greater than zero)<br />
then Required, else<br />
Optional. If Work<br />
Status equals NO<br />
WORK must be zero<br />
value.<br />
If Wage Type equals<br />
PD AND<br />
(Contributions are<br />
greater than zero OR<br />
Wages No<br />
Contribution greater<br />
than zero) then<br />
Required, else<br />
Optional. If Work<br />
Status equals<br />
NOWORK must be<br />
zero value.<br />
88<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Wages No<br />
Contribution<br />
Excess<br />
Salary<br />
Member<br />
POS<br />
Installment<br />
Non-<br />
Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
R/O/C<br />
R =<br />
Required<br />
O =<br />
Optional<br />
C =<br />
Format &<br />
Conditional Bytes Start<br />
C 9 85 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
O 9 94 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
C 9 103 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
O 9 112 Numeric as<br />
######.##<br />
Filler R 7 121 NULL Filler.<br />
Space filled to<br />
match fixed<br />
length of header<br />
record.<br />
Values Sample Comments<br />
000100.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
000100.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
000100.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
000100.00<br />
or<br />
000000.00<br />
This field is required<br />
if…<br />
• Work Status equals<br />
ACTMLN OR<br />
SSLWCN SSLSSN<br />
OR STUDYN OR<br />
EXCHGN. • Work<br />
Status equals ACTIVE<br />
AND (Wage Type<br />
equals HR OR PD)<br />
AND Base equals<br />
zero AND<br />
Supplemental equals<br />
zero, then Required.<br />
If Work Status equals<br />
NOWORK must be<br />
zero value.<br />
If you are deducting<br />
Purchase of Service<br />
for employee, this field<br />
must represent the<br />
amount withheld.<br />
If Work Status =<br />
ACTIVE and Base<br />
exceeds the<br />
401(a)(17) limitation,<br />
then Base must not be<br />
greater the 401(a)(17)<br />
limitation and Excess<br />
Salary must > 0. If<br />
Work Status equals<br />
NOWORK must be<br />
zero value.<br />
Optional field for Non-<br />
Retirement Covered<br />
Comp, such as<br />
payment of unused<br />
sick time, bonus pay,<br />
etc. If Work Status<br />
equals NOWORK<br />
must be zero value.<br />
7 spaces<br />
“Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line. “Bytes” indicates how<br />
many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length. Do not leave blank spaces<br />
except under filler.<br />
For more information on any field, see Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area on page 90.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
89
Uploading a Work Report File<br />
First, access the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu, as described in <strong>Reporting</strong> --Monthly<br />
Work Report on page 79.<br />
From the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “File<br />
Upload.” The following appears on the screen:<br />
For further information on how to upload Monthly Work Reports see Uploading<br />
Information Files on page 163.<br />
Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area<br />
After you create a Work Report (either by uploading a file or by creating a Work<br />
Report online), the next step is to go to the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area.<br />
You can reach the Work Area in any of three ways:<br />
• By clicking “Work Area” in the File Upload window. This will take you to<br />
the File Window of the Work Area.<br />
or…<br />
• By clicking “Work Area” in the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> sub-menu. This will take<br />
you to the File Window of the Work Area.<br />
or…<br />
• By creating a Work Report online. In this case, you will be placed in the<br />
Record Detail Window of the Work Area automatically. See Record<br />
Detail Window later in this section.<br />
90<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
File Window<br />
The File window displays your Work Reports. You can view Work Reports you<br />
created through a file upload by checking the “Import Reports” option near the top of<br />
the window, or you can view Work Reports that you created directly online by<br />
checking the “Manual Reports” option.<br />
Work Reports Created by File Upload<br />
Select the “Import Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Reports<br />
that you created by uploading files. You will see a screen similar to the following:<br />
For information on how to navigate in the Work Report File Window see the chapter<br />
on Work Area—File Window on page 167.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
91
Work Reports Created Online<br />
The system will automatically default to the “Import Reports” work area. You must<br />
select the “Manual Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Reports<br />
that you created directly online. You will see a screen similar to the following:<br />
For more information on how to navigate the Work Report Detail Window refer to the<br />
chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />
92<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Record Detail Window<br />
The Record Detail window in the Work <strong>Reporting</strong> Work Area is used to add to,<br />
delete, or edit the individual Work Report Records that are included in a Work Report.<br />
Access<br />
To access the Record Detail window, go to the File window (see File Window above)<br />
and click “Detail” or “Edit” next to the desired Work Report.<br />
The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />
For more information on how to navigate the Work Report Detail Window refer to the<br />
chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
93
Adding a Work Report Record<br />
To add a new Work Report Record to the monthly Work Report, click Add on the<br />
Work Report Record Detail window. You will be prompted to enter the SSN (social<br />
security number) for the employee whose work you are entering.<br />
Enter the social security number and click “Submit.”<br />
• If there is no Member Demographic Information on file, for the social security<br />
number you entered, you will see the message, “Error – SSN does not exist.”<br />
At this point, you must enter information into the appropriate fields for this Work<br />
Report Record. The fields are described under Using the Edit Window below. You<br />
can add or edit information in either of two ways:<br />
<br />
Click in each field in turn and change that field on the spot.<br />
or…<br />
<br />
Click on Edit to the left of the Work Report Record. This will take you into<br />
the Edit window, described under Using the Edit Window, next. This window<br />
provides more information about any error(s) and exception(s) in the record<br />
as you edit.<br />
Add a Work Report Record for each employee who is to be reported. If an employee<br />
works more than one position for you, combine the positions by Wage Type (hourly,<br />
per diem, and salaried). For example, combine all of an employee’s hourly positions<br />
into a single Work Report Record. The maximum number of Work Report Records<br />
for any employee is three per fiscal year per month.<br />
94<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Using the Edit Window<br />
The Edit window allows you to add or edit information for any individual Work Report<br />
Record. To access this window, click on “Edit” to the left of a Work Report Record in<br />
the Work Report Record Detail window.<br />
The Edit window looks like the following:<br />
Note: You must use leading zeros when editing an uploaded file. This does not<br />
apply to manual files.<br />
Enter information into the appropriate fields. For more information on any field, see<br />
Work Report Record Fields on page 96.<br />
When done entering information, click Save. The record will be validated to ensure<br />
that all information is entered in the correct format and that all necessary fields have<br />
been filled in for this Work Report Record.<br />
• If any errors or exceptions are found during the validation process, you will be<br />
returned to the Edit window, and the errors or exceptions will be displayed<br />
near the top of the window. Errors must be corrected. Exceptions are shown<br />
for your reference, so you can verify that the information is correct. Some<br />
sample errors include:<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
95
• If the Work Report Record passes the validation check, it will be saved to<br />
your monthly Work Report. You will be returned to the Edit window, with the<br />
message, “Msg – Member work record created successfully” near the top of<br />
the screen. At this point, the record has been saved. You may make<br />
additional changes and save those, or you may click “Cancel” to exit from this<br />
screen. Clicking “Cancel” will cause you to lose any changes you made since<br />
the last “Save.” When entering new information or entering new data, always<br />
save the file twice before leaving in order for the data to be retained.<br />
Note: Errors are not saved on manual files. Errors are only saved to edit later on<br />
uploaded files.<br />
All errors must be corrected before you can save the Work Report Record and exit<br />
from the Edit window. Exceptions are shown for your information; you may save and<br />
exit with the exception still in place. If you must leave this window without correcting<br />
all errors, click “Cancel.” In this case, edit the record again later.<br />
Work Report Record Fields<br />
Each Work Report Record contains the following fields:<br />
• Wage Type: Select “Hourly,” “Per Diem,” or “Salary” from the drop-down<br />
menu, based on how this position is paid. Do not leave this field blank.<br />
If an employee is on a leave of absence, select the Wage Type for how the<br />
employee would be paid if not on leave.<br />
• Work Status: When you select the Wage Type, the Work Status on the<br />
employee’s matching Member Contract Record will appear automatically. If<br />
you need to change this to match another Member Contract Record for this<br />
employee, use the drop-down menu.<br />
The Work Status cannot be left blank and must match a Member Contract<br />
Record for this employee.<br />
Exception: There is one Work Status available in Work Reports that is not in<br />
Member Contract Records: NOWORK. “NOWORK” is selected on the Work<br />
Report Record if the Member Contract Record has a Work Status of “ACTIVE<br />
- Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request” but the employee did NOT<br />
work during the period being reported.<br />
Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />
For more information on Work Statuses, see Member Contract Records –<br />
Create Online on page 41.<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): Enter the ending year of the fiscal year in<br />
which the salary and service were earned. Enter the year in YYYY format,<br />
with no spaces, dashes, or other characters. This field cannot be left blank.<br />
Example: For the 2007-2008 fiscal year, enter 2008.<br />
96<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• BASE: Enter the employee’s base salary earned during the period being<br />
reported. Do not include any earnings above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations.<br />
Enter the earnings as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />
Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />
point.<br />
Example: If the employee earned $1,233.00, enter: 1233.00.<br />
This field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Work Status is ”ACTIVE - Actively Working” AND the SUP<br />
(Supplemental) AND WNC (Wages No Contribution) fields both equal<br />
zero.<br />
or…<br />
Work Status is “SABTLC – Sabbatical Contributing Leave.”<br />
or…<br />
URCC (Unpaid Retirement Contributions) equals zero AND Work Status<br />
is any paid/contributing leave of absence: “ACTMLC - Activated Military<br />
Contributing Leave”; “STUDYC - Professional Study Contributing Leave”;<br />
“EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher Contributing Leave”; “SSLWCC - Special<br />
Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation (Contributing)”; “SSLSSC - Special<br />
Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Contributing)”; or “UNIONC - Collective<br />
Bargaining Unit Contributing Leave.”<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter any<br />
salary/wages that were not paid due to a contributing leave of absence, but on<br />
which contributions were paid by the employee. Enter the amount as up to 6-<br />
dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or<br />
any punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />
If you are paying partial salary to the employee during the leave, enter the<br />
amount you actually pay into the BASE field. In the URCC field, enter the<br />
difference between the amount you are actually paying to the employee and<br />
the full, regular salary the employee would have earned if not on leave.<br />
Contributions must be made on the employee’s full, regular salary. For<br />
details, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />
Example: An employee who normally earns $3,500 per month is earning<br />
$2,000 per month while on sabbatical. Enter 2000.00 in the BASE field and<br />
1500.00 in the URCC field. Calculate contributions based on $3,500 and<br />
enter these into the CONTRIB field.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
97
The URCC field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />
<br />
<br />
Work Status is “SABTLC – Sabbatical Contributing Leave.”<br />
or…<br />
BASE equals zero AND Work Status is any paid/contributing leave of<br />
absence: “ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave”; “STUDYC -<br />
Professional Study Contributing Leave”; “EXCHGC - Exchange Teacher<br />
Contributing Leave”; “SSLWCC - Special Sick Leave, Worker’s<br />
Compensation (Contributing)”; “SSLSSC - Special Sick Leave, School<br />
Sponsored (Contributing)”; or “UNIONC - Collective Bargaining Unit<br />
Contributing Leave.”<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• OT (Overtime): Enter any compensation paid to the employee over and<br />
above the regular salary, for additional hours worked. Do not include any<br />
earnings above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. Enter the earnings as up to 6-<br />
dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign<br />
or any punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />
• Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• SUP (Supplemental): Enter any compensation paid to the employee over<br />
and above the regular salary, for additional duties performed. Only enter<br />
earnings into this field if they are eligible for retirement contributions; if not,<br />
use the WNC (Wages No Contributions), EXSAL (Excess Salary), or NRCC<br />
(Non Retirement Covered Compensation) field. Do not include any earnings<br />
above the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. Enter the earnings as up to 6-dollar<br />
digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />
punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />
This field may be used to enter earnings from a part-time hourly or per diem<br />
position that is worked in addition to a salaried position. In this case, enter<br />
the supplemental hours worked in the HRS (Hours) field or the supplemental<br />
days worked in the DAYS field. Include contributions on the Supplemental<br />
wages in the CONTRIB (Contributions) field.<br />
This field must be higher than zero if ALL of the following are true:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Work Status is “ACTIVE - Actively Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver<br />
Request”,<br />
BASE equals zero,<br />
and…<br />
WNC (Wages No Contribution) equals zero.<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />
98<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• HRS (Hours): For employees who are paid hourly, enter the number of<br />
hours worked during the period being reported. Only enter hours that count<br />
as Service Time. Enter the hours using four digits. Leading zeros should be<br />
used.<br />
Example: Enter 0086 for an hourly employee who worked 86 hours during<br />
the month.<br />
Employees on Leave: For an employee who is on a Contributing leave and<br />
who is normally paid hourly when not on leave, enter the number of hours the<br />
employee would have worked if not on leave. For an employee who is on a<br />
non-contributing leave, leave HRS blank or enter: 0000.<br />
Exception: Service time must be added for Activated Military Non-<br />
Contributing Leaves.<br />
This field must be higher than zero if Wage Type is Hourly AND either of the<br />
following is true:<br />
CONTRIB (Contributions) is greater than zero<br />
or…<br />
WNC (Wages No Contribution) is greater than zero AND Work Status is<br />
“ACTIVE – Actively Working.”<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 0000 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• DAYS: For employees who are paid on a per diem or salaried basis, enter<br />
the number of days worked during the period being reported. Only enter days<br />
that count as Service Time. Enter the days as 3-day digits, a decimal point,<br />
and two partial-day digits.<br />
Example: Enter 019.50 for a per diem employee who worked 19 ½ days<br />
during the month.<br />
Salaried Employees: You must report service time for salaried employees<br />
either monthly or annually. If you prefer to report annually, fill the DAYS field<br />
with zeroes in your monthly Work Reports for every month except June. In<br />
the Work Report for June, enter the employee’s entire service time for the<br />
fiscal (school) year in the DAYS field. This must include all service time<br />
earned by the employee from July 1 to June 30.<br />
Employees on Leave: For an employee who is on a Contributing leave and<br />
who is normally paid on a salaried or per diem basis when not on leave, enter<br />
the number of days the employee would have worked if not on leave. For<br />
salaried employees, this information may be reported annually rather than<br />
monthly, if preferred. Leave DAYS blank or enter 000.00 if an employee is on<br />
a non-contributing leave.<br />
Exception: Service time must be added for Activated Military Non-<br />
Contributing Leaves.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
99
This field must be higher than zero if Wage Type is Per Diem (or Wage Type<br />
is Salaried and this is the Work Report for June) AND either of the following is<br />
true:<br />
CONTRIB (Contributions) is greater than zero<br />
or…<br />
<br />
WNC (Wages No Contribution) is greater than zero AND Work Status is<br />
“ACTIVE – Actively Working.”<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• WNC (Wages No Contribution): This field is used for wages/salary (either<br />
paid or unpaid) upon which contributions are NOT being made. Only enter<br />
wages/salary in this field if they may be available for Purchase of Service at a<br />
later time. There are two situations where this is the case:<br />
<br />
If a part-time hourly or per diem employee is not contributing yet<br />
(because the employee has worked fewer than 500 hours or 80 days<br />
during this school year), enter the wages/salary paid to the employee<br />
during the period being reported.<br />
or…<br />
<br />
If an employee is on a non-contributing leave of absence that can be<br />
purchased later (“ACTMLN – Activated Military Non-Contributing Leave,”<br />
“SSLSSN – Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Non-Contributing),”<br />
”SSLWCN – Special Sick Leave, Worker’s Compensation (Non-<br />
Contributing),“ “STUDYN – Professional Study Non-Contributing Leave,”<br />
or “EXCHGN – Exchange Teacher Non-Contributing Leave”), enter the<br />
wages/salary the employee would have earned if not on leave.<br />
Do NOT enter anything into the WNC (Wages No Contribution) field for<br />
employees on a non-contributing leave that cannot be purchased later<br />
(“LEAVEN – Any Other Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing)” or “WKCMPN –<br />
Worker’s Compensation Non-Contributing Leave”).<br />
Enter the amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />
Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />
point.<br />
Note: This field CANNOT be used for salaried employees. Salaried<br />
employees must have retirement deductions withheld beginning the first day<br />
of service unless employee is part-time salaried and PSERS membership is<br />
waived.<br />
100<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
The WNC field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />
<br />
Work Status is one of these non-contributing leaves of absence:<br />
“ACTMLN - Activated Military Non-Contributing Leave”; “EXCHGN -<br />
Exchange Teacher Non-Contributing Leave”; “STUDYN - Professional<br />
Study Non-Contributing Leave”; “SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School<br />
Sponsored (Non-Contributing)”; or “SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave,<br />
Worker's Compensation (Non-Contributing)”<br />
or…<br />
<br />
Wage Type is Hourly or Per Diem AND BASE equals zero AND SUP<br />
(Supplemental) equals zero AND Work Status is “ACTIVE - Actively<br />
Working” or “ACTIVW - Waiver Request.”<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
If you pay any salary to an employee during a non-contributing leave, see<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />
• POS (Member Purchase of Service Installments): This field is used when<br />
an employee is paying installments to purchase service. The employee must<br />
have received a Statement of Amount Due before initiating any Member POS<br />
Installments. See Purchase of Service in the Employer’s Reference Manual<br />
for Member Benefits.<br />
Enter the amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />
Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />
point.<br />
Enter 000000.00 if the employee is not purchasing service.<br />
• CONTRIB (Contributions): Enter the contributions you withheld from the<br />
employee’s paycheck or which the employee paid to you directly for Unpaid<br />
Retirement Covered Compensation. Contributions must be calculated on the<br />
total amount entered into the following fields: BASE, SUP (Supplemental), OT<br />
(Overtime), and URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation). To<br />
determine the contribution rate for an employee, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Determining<br />
Employee Contribution Rates on page 75.<br />
Enter the amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />
Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />
point.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
101
The CONTRIB field must be higher than zero if any of the following is true:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
BASE is greater than zero.<br />
or…<br />
SUP (Supplemental) is greater than zero.<br />
or…<br />
OT (Overtime) is greater than zero.<br />
or…<br />
URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation) is greater than<br />
zero.<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• EXSAL (Excess Salary): This field is used when an employee earns more<br />
than the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations, described in What Earnings Qualify for<br />
Contributions and Contributions Rates on page 66. Enter the employee’s<br />
wages/salary up to the IRS 401(a)(17) limit in the BASE field and enter any<br />
amount above this limit in the EXSAL field.<br />
Enter the earnings as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits.<br />
Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal<br />
point.<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
• NRCC (Non-Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter any salary/wages<br />
that do not qualify for retirement contributions as described in What Earnings<br />
Qualify for Contributions and Contributions Rates on page 66. Enter the<br />
amount as up to 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not<br />
enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the single decimal point.<br />
Example: Non-qualified earnings include payment for unused sick time and<br />
bonus pay that is NOT paid as an incentive for a measurable goal. Enter<br />
these into the NRCC field and do not calculate contributions on this amount.<br />
Leave this field empty or enter 000000.00 if Work Status is NOWORK.<br />
102<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Saving Your Changes<br />
After adding, deleting, or editing any Work Report Records, always save your work.<br />
Click “Save” in the Work Report Record Detail window BEFORE you log out or go to<br />
another part of the system.<br />
IMPORTANT: If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking<br />
“Save” first, you will lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case,<br />
any records you added will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any<br />
records you edited will be returned to their previous information.<br />
Submitting the Monthly Work Report to PSERS<br />
For information on how to submit a Monthly Work Report to PSERS see Submitting<br />
Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />
The Work Report must be approved for submission to PSERS by the 20 th of the<br />
month.<br />
Each night, PSERS processes all Work Reports that have been approved for<br />
submission. At that point, the information in the Work Report is applied to your<br />
account with PSERS and to your employees’ accounts with us. After that time, the<br />
Work Report cannot be changed. To correct errors later, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work<br />
Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
If your Work Report still contains errors when it is submitted to PSERS, the<br />
erroneous Work Report Records will be rejected. You must resubmit the information<br />
in these Work Report Records, in the correct format, in your next monthly Work<br />
Report or in a Work Report Adjustment, as appropriate. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work<br />
Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
If you submit a Work Report Record that is in the right format, PSERS will accept it.<br />
If you later discover that information in this record was incorrect, you must submit a<br />
Work Report Adjustment to correct it. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on<br />
page 129.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
103
Chapter<br />
7<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Ensuring the<br />
Monthly Work Report Is Complete<br />
and Correct<br />
It is important to ensure your monthly Work Report includes all of the necessary<br />
information. Be sure you include a Work Report Record for all of the following:<br />
• EVERY full-time employee, except for a retiree who is working on an<br />
emergency or extracurricular basis.<br />
• EVERY part-time employee, even if they are not having retirement<br />
contributions withheld, except for: (1) employees who have waived<br />
membership in PSERS, (2) students working as part of their curriculum, and<br />
(3) retirees working under the guidelines of Act 2004-63.<br />
• Every employee who did not work during the period being reported but<br />
remains in your employment (teachers who do not work during the summer,<br />
substitute teachers, etc.).<br />
Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />
• Report every job an employee is paid for. For example, if the employee<br />
works multiple jobs with different Wage Types (hourly, per diem, or salaried).<br />
• Every employee who is on an approved leave of absence.<br />
• Every employee who terminated employment with you or died but who still<br />
has service time or earnings to report.<br />
The rest of this section describes the situations described above in more detail.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
105
<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Works Multiple Positions<br />
for You<br />
If an employee works more than one job for you, it may or may not be necessary to<br />
enter multiple Work Report Records for this employee.<br />
If multiple Work Report Records are required for an employee, submit them in the<br />
same monthly Work Report.<br />
• If the employee works ANY salaried position, you must submit a Work Report<br />
Record with Wage Type set to Salary for this employee.<br />
• If the employee works multiple positions with the same Wage Type (Salary,<br />
Hourly, or Per Diem), these positions MUST be combined in the same Work<br />
Report Record.<br />
Do NOT submit more than one Work Report Record per Wage Type<br />
for an employee. Therefore, the maximum number of Work Report<br />
Records you can include in a monthly Work Report for any employee<br />
is three: one for all salaried positions this employee works for you,<br />
one for all hourly positions, and one for all per diem positions.<br />
You will receive an error if you submit separate Work Report Records<br />
for the same employee and the same Wage Type. In this case, you<br />
will need to delete one Work Report Record and add the second<br />
salary as supplemental pay. Therefore both salaries will be reported<br />
in one entry line.<br />
• You must submit a Work Report Record for each Wage Type that is<br />
described in a Member Contract Record for this employee.<br />
Example: A substitute teacher works part-time per diem in elementary<br />
schools and part-time hourly in middle schools within your district. This<br />
employee also helps part-time with lunch duties at high schools on an hourly<br />
basis. In this case, two Member Contract Records are required, but you may<br />
choose to submit three. Either way, you would report the employee the same<br />
way by submitting the following each month:<br />
A Work Report Record with Wage Type set to Per Diem. If the<br />
employee worked in any elementary schools in your district during<br />
the period being reported, enter the salary, contributions (if any), and<br />
service time in this Work Report Record. If the employee did not<br />
perform any per diem work during the period being reported but<br />
remains “on your books” with a Work Status of “ACTIVE - Actively<br />
Working,” set the Work Status on this Work Report Record to<br />
NOWORK and enter zero for the salary, contributions, and service<br />
time.<br />
Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />
106<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
A single Work Report Record with Wage Type set to Hourly. In this<br />
Work Report Record, include BOTH the employee’s middle school<br />
substitute teaching and high school lunch duties since both are paid<br />
hourly. If the employee did not perform any hourly work during the<br />
period being reported but remains “on your books” with a Work Status of<br />
“ACTIVE - Actively Working,” set the Work Status on this Work Report<br />
Record to NOWORK and enter zero for the salary, contributions, and<br />
service time.<br />
Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />
• If the employee works occasional extra hours or days in addition to a salaried<br />
position, you may report these on the Work Report Record for the salaried<br />
position, as long as you did not create a separate Member Contract Record to<br />
describe these additional duties. In this case, report the extra earnings in the<br />
SUP (Supplemental) field, the extra service time in the HRS (Hours) or DAYS<br />
field, and the extra contributions in the CONTRIB (Contributions) field.<br />
• If the employee is on leave, submit a single Work Report Record for the<br />
Wage Type the employee was working regularly (and for which a Member<br />
Contract Record existed) before starting the leave. In this Work Report<br />
Record, include information on all positions the employee would have been<br />
working if not on leave.<br />
Example: An employee works as both a part-time salaried teacher and a<br />
part-time hourly coach. Because these are two separate part-time positions<br />
with different Wage Types, you create a Member Contract Record for each.<br />
Midway through the year, the employee goes on activated military leave and<br />
chooses to make retirement contributions while on leave. Do the following in<br />
response:<br />
<br />
<br />
Submit a single Member Contract Record with Work Status set to<br />
“ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave,” Work Status Start<br />
Date set to the date the leave began, and Wage Type set to “Salary.”<br />
Each month while the leave lasts, submit a Work Report Record with<br />
Work Status set to “ACTMLC - Activated Military Contributing Leave” and<br />
Wage Type set to “Salary.” Include the salary the employee would have<br />
earned as BOTH a part-time salaried teacher and a part-time hourly<br />
coach in the URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation) field.<br />
Include the service time the employee would have earned if not on leave<br />
as follows: in the DAYS field, include the service from the teaching<br />
position; in the HRS (Hours) field, include the service from the coaching<br />
position. Include contributions from both positions in the CONTRIB<br />
(Contributions) field.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
107
<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee Who Did Not Work<br />
It is not uncommon for an employee to go on a short or long-term leave. See<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence on page 113 if the employee is being paid during the<br />
leave, or is making retirement contributions, or is eligible to purchase service time<br />
from the leave at a later date. In these cases, you must report the leave to PSERS.<br />
In some situations, you will have an employee who does not work or gets paid during<br />
a period you are reporting but who remains “on your books” as an active employee.<br />
These situations include:<br />
• A substitute teacher who did not work during the reporting period.<br />
• A teacher who is not paid during the summer but will be returning to work in<br />
the fall.<br />
• A coach who only receives pay during part of the year.<br />
In these situations, the employee is not on leave but does not have any earnings or<br />
contributions to report. You can handle these situations in any of three ways:<br />
• By end-dating the employee’s Member Contract Record when the employee<br />
stops work and then creating a new Member Contract Record when the<br />
employee returns to work. In this case, do not include the employee in your<br />
monthly Work Reports until the employee returns to work. This method is<br />
most often used for seasonal coaches who only work for a few months per<br />
school year.<br />
• By not reporting the employee during the months of no work. Your payroll/HR<br />
software system should leave these employees off that monthly Work Report.<br />
• By reporting a Work Status of “NOWORK” for this employee in the monthly<br />
Work Report whenever the employee doesn’t work that month. In this case,<br />
keep the employee’s Member Contract Record in place with a Work Status of<br />
“ACTIVE - Actively Working” but use the Work Status of “NOWORK” in the<br />
Work Report Records. This method allows PSERS to track your employees’<br />
work history better, reducing questions that might otherwise arise from the<br />
gaps in employment. When Work Status is set to NOWORK on a Work<br />
Report Record, all of the salary, contributions, and service time fields must be<br />
set to zero.<br />
Note: PSERS requests you do not use the “NOWORK” Status until further notice.<br />
108<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
When an Employee’s Work Status Changes<br />
If an employee goes on leave, ends one or more positions with you, terminates all<br />
work for you, begins a new position with you, or dies, you must modify the<br />
employee’s Member Contract Record(s) to indicate this change in status. See<br />
Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />
You must also report the employee’s work appropriately:<br />
• If an employee goes on any form of leave, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of<br />
Absence on page 113.<br />
Note: Jury duty is considered to be active employment rather than a leave.<br />
Report employees on jury duty as if they were working with a Work Status of<br />
“ACTIVE – Actively Working.” See Notes about Leaves on page 115 if you<br />
have a policy of paying employees on jury duty the difference between their<br />
regular, full salary and the amount they are paid for jury duty.<br />
• If an employee terminates all employment with you, submit a Member<br />
Contract Record with the following settings:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Work Status: “TRMNTN – Termination”.<br />
Work Status Start Date: set to the employee’s last day of work.<br />
BOC Flag: “Yes” if the employee is to receive salary/wages after the last<br />
month of work; “No” if the employee is to receive all salary/wages within<br />
the last month of work.<br />
Outstanding Service Credit Flag: “Yes” if the employee needs to have<br />
service reported to PSERS after the last month of work; “No” if all service<br />
will be reported to PSERS by or in the last month of work.<br />
BOC / SVC End Date – MM/YYYY: enter the month and year in which<br />
the employee will receive the last pay and/or service. For example, if the<br />
employee’s last day of work was December 3, 2006 but you will pay the<br />
remainder of the contract through January 10, 2007, you would enter<br />
01/2007.<br />
Submit this employee’s remaining monthly Work Report Record(s) with<br />
Work Status set to “TRMNTN – Termination” and the employee’s<br />
earnings and contributions in the appropriate fields.<br />
You must submit all previously unreported service time for this employee<br />
in the employee’s last monthly Work Report Record (in this example, that<br />
would be the Work Report for January, 2007). If you normally report<br />
service time for all salaried employees annually, you cannot wait and<br />
report this employee at that time. Instead, you must determine the<br />
employee’s full service time and include it in the employee’s last Work<br />
Report Record even if that is earlier. Do not report the employee’s<br />
service time again at the end of the fiscal year.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
109
• If an employee ends one job with you but continues working for you in<br />
another position, end date the Member Contract Record for the position the<br />
employee is leaving. Set the Work Status End Date to the last day the<br />
employee will work in this position. Submit the employee’s Work Report<br />
Records for that month as follows:<br />
<br />
Report salary for both positions if paid in that month. If they are different<br />
wage types, submit one entry for each wage type.<br />
• If an employee dies, submit a Member Contract Record with the following<br />
settings:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Work Status: “DECESD – Deceased”.<br />
Work Status Start Date: set to the date of death.<br />
BOC Flag: “Yes” if the employee is to receive salary/wages after the last<br />
month of work; “No” if the employee is to receive all salary/wages within<br />
the last month of work.<br />
Outstanding Service Credit Flag: “Yes” if the employee needs to have<br />
service reported to PSERS after the last month of work; “No” if all service<br />
will be reported to PSERS by or in the last month of work.<br />
BOC / SVC End Date – MM/YYYY: enter the month and year in which<br />
the employee will receive the last pay and/or service. For example, if the<br />
employee’s last day of work was December 3, 2006 but you will pay the<br />
remainder of the contract through January 10, 2007, you would enter<br />
01/2007.<br />
Submit this employee’s remaining monthly Work Report Record(s) with<br />
Work Status set to “DECESD – Deceased” and the employee’s earnings<br />
and contributions in the appropriate fields.<br />
All previously unreported service time for this employee must be<br />
submitted in the employee’s last monthly Work Report Record (in this<br />
example, that would be the Work Report for January, 2007). If you<br />
normally report service time for all salaried employees annually, you<br />
cannot wait and report this employee at that time. Instead, you must<br />
determine the employee’s full service time and include it in the<br />
employee’s last Work Report Record even if that is earlier. Do not report<br />
the employee’s service time again at the end of the fiscal year.<br />
110<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
If an Employee is Left off a Monthly Work Report<br />
To correct errors that were submitted in a monthly Work Report, you must submit a<br />
Work Report Adjustment. See <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
If, however, an employee was left off a monthly Work Report altogether, the Work<br />
Report Adjustment is not needed. Instead, you may submit the employee’s earnings,<br />
contributions, and service time in the next monthly Work Report. In this case, you<br />
must include BOTH the current and the missed information in the same Work Report<br />
Record.<br />
Note: If you prefer, you may submit a Work Report Adjustment to report the missed<br />
information.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
111
Chapter<br />
8<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Leaves of Absence<br />
When an employee goes on leave, submit a Member Contract Record that indicates<br />
the type of leave and the date the leave began. See Member Contract Records –<br />
Changing Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />
After you submit a Member Contract Record, you must continue to report employees<br />
on leave EVERY MONTH if:<br />
• The employee is making retirement contributions.<br />
and/or…<br />
• The employee is eligible to purchase service time from the leave at a later<br />
date.<br />
Note: You do not need to report employees who are on a non-purchasable,<br />
non-contributing leave.<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> an Employee on Leave<br />
In each Work Report Record you submit for the employee, the Work Status must<br />
match the type of leave specified in the Member Contract Record that you created to<br />
initiate the leave.<br />
Contributing Leaves<br />
On a contributing leave, the employee makes retirement contributions and earns<br />
service time during the leave. While on the leave, the employee may:<br />
• Receive partial or full salary.<br />
• Receive salary from Worker’s Compensation.<br />
• Receive no salary but still qualifies to make retirement contributions.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
113
When an employee is on a contributing leave, you must report the following<br />
information in your monthly Work Reports EVERY MONTH while the leave lasts. On<br />
the Work Report Record, enter each set of information in the field indicated:<br />
• Set the Work Status to match the type of leave entered into the Member<br />
Contract Record.<br />
• Enter any amount you actually pay to the employee in the Base field.<br />
• Enter the difference between the amount you actually pay to the employee<br />
and the regular, full salary that you would have paid had the employee not<br />
been on leave in the Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation (URCC)<br />
field.<br />
• Enter the service time the employee would have earned if not on leave in the<br />
Hours field if the employee’s Wage Type is Hourly, or in the Days field if the<br />
employee’s Wage Type is Per Diem or Salary. (If the employee is salaried,<br />
you may choose to wait and report the service time annually in the Work<br />
Report for the month of June, which is due by July 10 th .)<br />
• Enter the employee’s appropriate retirement contributions in the CONTRIB<br />
(Contributions) field. You must calculate the contributions on the employee’s<br />
regular, full salary (Base and URCC).<br />
Non-Contributing Leaves that Can Be Purchased Later<br />
With the exception of employees on Activated Military Leave, an employee on a noncontributing<br />
leave does NOT make retirement contributions and does NOT earn<br />
service time during the leave. Most of the time, the employee does NOT receive any<br />
salary while on a non-contributing leave, but in some cases the employee may<br />
receive some salary from you (less than half of regular, full salary) or from Workers’<br />
Compensation.<br />
In some types of non-contributing leaves, the employee is able to purchase the<br />
service time from the leave at a later date based on Purchase of Service eligibility<br />
rules. These leaves include:<br />
• ACTMLN - Activated Military Non-Contributing Leave<br />
• SSLSSN - Special Sick Leave, School Sponsored (Non-Contributing)<br />
• SSLWCN - Special Sick Leave, Workers’ Compensation (Non-Contributing)<br />
• STUDYN - Professional Study Non-Contributing Leave<br />
• EXCHGN - Exchange Teacher Non-Contributing Leave<br />
114<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
When an employee is on one of the above non-contributing leaves, you must report<br />
the following information in your monthly Work Reports EVERY MONTH while the<br />
leave lasts. On the Work Report Record, enter each set of information in the field<br />
indicated:<br />
• Set the Work Status to match the Member Contract Record.<br />
• If you paid the employee qualified earnings (such as sick days), see<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and Contribution Rates<br />
on page 66. You must report this salary. Enter the salary in the Base field,<br />
the contributions in the CONTRIB (Contributions) field, and any<br />
corresponding service time in the Days or Hours field.<br />
• If you did not pay any amount to the employee (the Base field is zero), but the<br />
employee is eligible to purchase service time from the leave at a later date,<br />
enter the regular, full salary that you would have paid had the employee not<br />
been on leave, in the Wages No Contribution field. The employee does not<br />
make contributions on this amount and does not receive service time for it.<br />
Fill the Days and Hours fields with the days and hours the employee would<br />
have earned. If the employee wishes to purchase the service time later,<br />
PSERS will determine the amount that can be purchased.<br />
Non-Contributing Leaves that CANNOT Be Purchased Later<br />
An employee will be unable to purchase the service time from Non-Contributing<br />
Leaves at a later date if:<br />
• The leave is NOT made eligible for purchase by PSERS’ rules<br />
• You (the employer) have not approved the leave as a purchasable or<br />
contributable leave.<br />
To indicate the leave as non-purchasable or non-contributable, submit a Member<br />
Contract Record for the employee using one of the following two Work Statuses:<br />
<br />
<br />
WKCMPN – Workers’ Compensation Leave (Non-Contributing)<br />
LEAVEN - Any Other Leave Not Listed (Non-Contributing)<br />
When an employee is on one of the above leaves, do not include this employee in<br />
your monthly Work Reports until they return to work (unless you pay qualifying wages<br />
to the employee at some point, as described in Notes about Leaves.)<br />
Notes about Leaves<br />
• Jury duty: Due to its variable length and the nature of the service, jury duty<br />
is considered to be active employment rather than a leave of absence. While<br />
an employee is on jury duty, continue to include the employee in monthly<br />
Work Reports with a Work Status of “ACTIVE – Actively Working.” Also,<br />
continue to pay contributions for this employee.<br />
If you have a policy of paying employees on jury duty the difference between<br />
their full, regular salary and the payment they receive for the jury duty, submit<br />
Work Report Records for this employee as follows:<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
115
Set the Work Status field to ACTIVE.<br />
Enter the amount you pay the employee in the Base field.<br />
Enter the difference between the amount you pay the employee and<br />
the regular, full salary that would have been paid had the employee<br />
not been on leave, in the Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation<br />
field.<br />
Enter the service time the employee would have earned if not on<br />
leave, in the Hours field if the employee’s Wage Type is Hourly, or in<br />
the Days field if the employee’s Wage Type is Per Diem or Salaried.<br />
(If the employee is salaried, you may choose to wait and report the<br />
service time annually, in the Work Report for the month of June,<br />
which is due by July 10 th .)<br />
Enter the employee’s retirement contributions in the Contributions<br />
field. You must calculate the contributions on the employee’s<br />
regular, full salary.<br />
• Earned Leave Paid While on a Non-Contributing Leave: You must report<br />
any payment for earned Annual, Personal, Sick Leave, or Leave from an<br />
employer Sick Leave Bank that is paid to an employee who is on a noncontributing<br />
leave and is NOT receiving Worker’s Compensation. PSERS<br />
considers this payment for “used” leave, which qualifies as retirementcovered<br />
compensation. Report this salary and the corresponding<br />
contributions in your monthly Work Reports as follows:<br />
<br />
Report the amount paid in the Base field and record the<br />
contributions on this amount in the Contributions field.<br />
Exception: If the employee is receiving Worker’s Compensation during<br />
the leave, do NOT report the amount of the accumulated sick leave, annual<br />
leave, and/or personal leave.<br />
• Activated Military Leaves When the Employee Chooses NOT to<br />
Contribute: An employee who is on activated military leave may decide to<br />
discontinue making retirement contributions to PSERS during the leave while<br />
continuing to earn service time. Because of the unique nature of military<br />
leaves, you must continue to contribute the employer’s share of retirement<br />
contributions whether or not the employee chooses to contribute.<br />
During each month of the leave, submit a Work Report Record for this<br />
employee as follows:<br />
116<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Set the Work Status field to “ACTMLN - Activated Military Non-<br />
Contributing Leave.”<br />
Enter the regular, full salary that you would have paid had the<br />
employee not been on leave in the Wages No Contribution field.<br />
The employee:<br />
1. Does not make contributions on this amount.<br />
2. Does receive service time for it.<br />
3. May purchase this time later.<br />
Fill the Days and/or Hours fields with the service the employee would<br />
have rendered. If the employee wishes to purchase the service time<br />
later, PSERS will determine the amount that can be purchased.<br />
You CANNOT receive a credit for Employer Contributions you paid for an<br />
employee on an activated military leave (whether contributing or noncontributing),<br />
even if the employee:<br />
‣ Does not return from the leave.<br />
‣ Upon returning, does not remain in your employ for a period of<br />
time at least equal to the length of the leave<br />
‣ Does not choose to purchase the service time from the leave.<br />
Exception: If the employee voluntarily extends their military duty beyond the<br />
time of the original military obligation, you may receive a credit for any<br />
Employer Contributions you paid during the voluntary extension. In this case,<br />
contact PSERS as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />
When the employee returns to school employment, the employee must<br />
provide a copy of the discharge documentation for you to keep. A copy of<br />
this documentation is also submitted to PSERS.<br />
When the Employee Returns from Leave<br />
When an employee returns from leave, submit a new Member Contract Record for<br />
each position the employee resumes. If the employee returns in the middle of a<br />
month, the Work Report Record(s) for that month should include BOTH the<br />
information (wages, contributions, and service time) from the leave and the<br />
information from the work. Future Work Reports should include only records for the<br />
work that has been resumed. See Member Contract Records – Changing<br />
Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />
Refer to the next section, If the Employee Does NOT Return from a Paid Leave, if,<br />
after returning from the leave, the employee does not remain in your employ for a<br />
period of time at least equal to the length of the leave.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
117
If the Employee Does NOT Return from Paid Leave<br />
You have the option of terminating an employee’s position(s) with you if one of the<br />
following is true:<br />
• the employee did NOT return from leave<br />
or…<br />
• the employee returned from a leave but did not remain in your employ for a<br />
period of time at least equal to the length of the leave<br />
or…<br />
• the employee voluntarily extended the leave without your approval.<br />
If one of these is true and you decide to terminate the employee’s position(s), you<br />
must:<br />
• Submit a Member Contract Record with the Work Status set to “TRMNTN –<br />
Termination” and the Work Status Start Date set to the date of termination. Set<br />
the BOC Flag, Outstanding Service Credit Flag, and BOC/Svc End Date fields<br />
to indicate any remaining payments or service to be reported. See Member<br />
Contract Records – Changing Information for an Employee on page 58.<br />
• Continue to submit monthly Work Report Records describing this employee’s<br />
leave until the month you specified as the month of termination or the month<br />
you specified in the BOC/Svc End Date field, whichever is later. In these<br />
Work Report Records, Work Status should be “TRMNTN - Termination.”<br />
After the specified month’s Work Report has been submitted, future Work<br />
Reports should not include any records for this employee.<br />
When an employee who was on a paid leave is terminated from your employment,<br />
you may request a credit for the Employer Contributions you paid during the leave.<br />
You will also receive credit for the employee’s Member Contributions, if any. You are<br />
responsible for refunding these contributions to the employee. The credit will be<br />
issued after the final Work Report of the fiscal (school) year is submitted to PSERS.<br />
To request a credit, see Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on<br />
page 199.<br />
If you do not terminate the employee manually, and the employee does not return<br />
from leave, PSERS will end-date the employee’s Member Contract Record(s)<br />
automatically at the end of the time period appropriate for that type of leave. This is<br />
essentially identical to submitting a termination Member Contract Record. After this<br />
occurs, you may request a credit for the salary you reported during the leave, as<br />
described in Refund of Contributions / Credit for Salary Reported on page 199.<br />
118<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
9<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Service Time<br />
You must report your employees’ service time to PSERS. Service time includes all of<br />
the following:<br />
• All time spent working for you while the employee is making retirement<br />
contributions.<br />
and…<br />
• All time spent working for you at a part-time hourly or per diem job where the<br />
employee is NOT making retirement contributions, has NOT waived<br />
membership in PSERS, and WILL be eligible to join PSERS upon reaching<br />
500 hours or 80 days of employment.<br />
and…<br />
• Time on an approved leave of absence during which the employee is making<br />
retirement contributions. In this case, the service time is the amount that<br />
would have been earned had the employee been working their regular job(s)<br />
rather than being on leave.<br />
Note: PSERS considers full-time service as 5 hours or more a day for 5 days a<br />
week or its equivalent of 25 or more hours a week.<br />
The Pennsylvania Retirement Code has given PSERS the authority to withhold the<br />
Basic Education Subsidy from any employer that is delinquent in submitting service<br />
time.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
119
How to Report Service Time<br />
You must report service time in your monthly Work Reports, as follows:<br />
• For hourly employees who are working or are actively making contributions<br />
while on leave, service time must be reported as it is earned. Report time<br />
even if the employee has not yet qualified for membership. In the Work<br />
Report Record for the month the service was earned, enter the service time in<br />
the HRS (Hours) field.<br />
• For per diem employees who are actively working or are making contributions<br />
while on leave, service time must be reported as it is earned. Report time<br />
even if the employee has not yet qualified for membership. In the Work<br />
Report Record for the month the service was earned, enter the service time in<br />
the DAYS field.<br />
• For salaried employees who are actively working or are making contributions<br />
while on leave, service time can be reported EITHER monthly or annually:<br />
<br />
To report monthly, report service time as it is earned. In the Work<br />
Report Record for the month the service was earned, enter the<br />
service time in the DAYS field.<br />
or…<br />
To report annually, report all service time for the fiscal year (July 1 –<br />
June 30) in the June Work Report Record. Enter the service time in<br />
the DAYS field. You must transmit this Work Report Record to<br />
PSERS by July 10 th , correct all errors, and submit the finalized report<br />
by July 20 th .<br />
How to Calculate Service Time<br />
Hourly Employees<br />
For hourly employees, service time does not need to be calculated manually.<br />
• In your monthly Work Reports, report all time that is actually worked as it is<br />
paid. Typically, this time is determined from time cards and is what you<br />
enter into your payroll system.<br />
• If an employee goes on a contributing leave, report their usual number of<br />
hours in your monthly Work Reports during the leave.<br />
• Hours must be reported as whole hours. The hours should be rounded to<br />
the nearest whole hour.<br />
Example: If an employee works 110.49 hours in a reporting period, enter<br />
0110 hours in the HRS (Hours) field of the Work Report Record. If the<br />
employee works 110.50 hours, enter 0111 hours in the Work Report<br />
Record.<br />
• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported.<br />
Service for overtime is NOT calculated at time and a half. One hour should<br />
be reported for each hour worked.<br />
120<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Per Diem Employees<br />
For per diem employees, service time does not need to be calculated manually.<br />
• In your monthly Work Reports, report all time that is actually worked as it is<br />
paid. Typically, this time is determined from time cards and is what you enter<br />
into your payroll system.<br />
• If an employee goes on a contributing leave, report their usual number of<br />
days in your monthly Work Reports during the leave.<br />
• Report service time for per diem employees in days or a portion of a 5-hour day.<br />
Days may be broken down to two decimal places. Do not use fractions (i.e., ½,<br />
¾, etc.).<br />
Example: If an employee works 19 days of 5 hours per day plus one day of<br />
2 ½ hours, enter 019.50 in the DAYS field of the Work Report Record.<br />
• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported. If<br />
the extra work is paid hourly, report the number of hours in the HRS (Hours)<br />
field. If the extra work is paid on a per diem basis, report the number of days or<br />
partial days in the DAYS field (add this time to the regular per diem work).<br />
Service for overtime is NOT calculated at time and a half. One hour should be<br />
reported for each hour worked.<br />
Example: An employee has two Member Contract Records: one for a per diem<br />
position and one for an hourly position. If the employee works 5 hours in a day<br />
for the per diem position and then works another 2 hours in the same day for the<br />
hourly position, report 1 day in the Per Diem Work Report Record and report 2<br />
hours in the Hourly Work Report Record. PSERS will ensure that the employee<br />
does not receive more than a year’s worth of service time in a fiscal year.<br />
Full-Time Salaried Employees<br />
For full-time salaried employees, service time is calculated as follows:<br />
• Typically, the number of days a salaried employee is hired to work is specified in<br />
their contract with you. In this case, report this number of days either monthly or<br />
annually, in the DAYS field of the employee’s monthly Work Report Record(s).<br />
• If the number of days is not specified in your contract with the employee, you<br />
must determine the number of days actually worked by the employee.<br />
• Report service time for salaried employees in days or a portion of a 5-hour day.<br />
Days may be broken down to two decimal places. Do not use fractions (i.e.,<br />
½, ¾, etc.).<br />
Example: If an employee regularly works 19 days of 5-8 hours per day plus<br />
one day of 2 ½ hours (half of a 5-hour day), enter 019.50 in the DAYS field of<br />
the Work Report Record.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
121
• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported. If<br />
the extra work is paid hourly, report the number of hours in the HRS (Hours)<br />
field. If the extra work is paid on a per diem basis, report the number of days<br />
or partial days in the DAYS field (add this time to the service time reported for<br />
the salaried work, if that is also reported in the Work Report Record). Service for<br />
overtime is NOT calculated at time and a half. One hour should be reported<br />
for each hour worked.<br />
Part-Time Salaried Employees<br />
For part-time salaried employees, service time is calculated as follows:<br />
• Report service time for salaried employees in days or a portion of a 5-hour<br />
day. Days may be broken down to two decimal places. Do not use<br />
fractions (i.e., ½, ¾, etc.).<br />
Example: The service for an employee who regularly works 19 three-hour<br />
days per month should be entered as 011.40 days.<br />
Hours worked divided by 5 = % (3/5= 60%) x days worked (19 x 60% = 11.4)<br />
• Hours worked on extra-curricular activities or overtime MUST be reported.<br />
If the extra work is paid hourly, report the number of hours in the HRS<br />
(Hours) field. If the extra work is paid on a per diem basis, report the<br />
number of days or partial days in the DAYS field (add this time to the<br />
service time reported for the salaried work, if that is also reported in the<br />
Work Report Record). Service for overtime is NOT calculated at time and<br />
a half. One hour should be reported for each hour worked.<br />
• If a part-time salaried employee is required to attend an all day in-service day,<br />
they are to receive a full day’s credit.<br />
• Typically, the number of days and the number of hours per day that a salaried<br />
employee is hired to work is specified in their contract with you. In this case,<br />
report this number of days or partial days either monthly or annually, in the<br />
DAYS field of the employee’s monthly Work Report Record(s).<br />
• If your contract with the employee does not specify the number of days the<br />
employee will work in the school year, you must determine the number of<br />
days or partial days actually worked by the employee.<br />
Example #1: The service for a part-time salaried employee who works 6<br />
hours per day, 4 days a week during a 36-week school year should be the<br />
actual days worked: 144 days (4 days a week X 36 weeks = 144 days).<br />
Example #2: The service for a part-time salaried employee who works 4<br />
hours per day, 5 days per week for a total of 185 days in a school year<br />
should be reported as 148 days (4/5 of a day X 185 days = 148 days).<br />
122<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Part-Time Salaried Adjunct Professors- Adjunct professors are generally to<br />
be considered part-time salaried employees unless specially documented<br />
otherwise (e.g. hourly or per diem) in an employment contract. As parttime<br />
salaried school employees, they must have retirement contributions<br />
deducted and reported from the first day of employment, unless they are<br />
eligible to waive PSERS membership OR they are enrolled in an alternative<br />
acceptable retirement plan offered by the college or university (e.g. TIAA-<br />
CREF).<br />
Calculate and report service for these positions using the following<br />
formula:<br />
Consider 30 credit hours per year as the standard for a fulltime<br />
position.<br />
Determine the number of credit hours taught by the parttime<br />
adjunct.<br />
Divide the credit hours worked for the part-time position by<br />
the full-time credit hours standard (30) to obtain a<br />
percentage of full-time work.<br />
Multiply the percentage of full-time work by 180 days to<br />
determine the equivalent number of days to be reported as<br />
service credit for the part-time employment.<br />
Example: Adjunct professor is contracted to teach 12 credit hours<br />
for the school year.<br />
12 divided by 30 = .40 or 40%<br />
<br />
.40 X 180 days = 72 days to be reported<br />
• Part-Time Salaried Coaches - For each part-time salaried coaching position,<br />
you may calculate service time in either of two ways:<br />
Method #1: You may use the following formula to calculate the coach’s<br />
service time:<br />
Number of Hours Worked Per Week<br />
÷ 25<br />
X Weeks per Season<br />
X Days Worked per Week___<br />
= Number of Days to Report<br />
Example: A football coach conducts practice and attends games 10<br />
weeks during the fall season. The coach renders 20 hours per week during<br />
the season, at 6 days each week. The calculation and number of days to<br />
report would be: 20 hours ÷ 25 X 10 X 6 = 48 days.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
123
Method #2: You can establish an anticipated work schedule to determine<br />
the hours and days the coach will work. Within the schedule, it is assumed<br />
that the coach will fulfill the contract.<br />
Example: On Monday, Wednesday, Thursday and some Saturdays, a coach<br />
is expected to work 2 hours per day. Tuesday and Friday, the coach is<br />
expected to work 4 hours per day and on some Saturdays; the coach is<br />
expected to work 8 hours. The coach’s service time is determined as shown<br />
in the following table:<br />
Example Service Calculation for Part-Time Salaried Coach<br />
Week Mon Tues Wed Thu Fri Sat TOTAL<br />
1 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
2 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
3 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
4 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
5 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />
6 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
7 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
8 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />
9 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />
10 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
11 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
12 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 2/5 (4 x 2/5 day) + (2 x 4/5 day) = 3.20 days<br />
13 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />
14 2/5 4/5 2/5 2/5 4/5 8 (3 x 2/5) + (2 x 4/5 day) + 1 = 3.80 days<br />
GRAND TOTAL -<br />
47.80 days (.27 of a year of service)<br />
124<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Employees Working Multiple Positions<br />
Some employees work multiple positions either for you or for multiple school<br />
employers. In this case, service time is calculated as follows:<br />
• If an employee works both an hourly and a salaried or per diem position,<br />
report service time for each position separately in the appropriate HRS<br />
(Hours) or DAYS field. PSERS will combine the service time for this<br />
employee and will ensure that the employee does not receive more than a<br />
year of service credit in a school (fiscal) year.<br />
• If an employee works multiple positions that are paid the same way (hourly,<br />
per diem, or salaried), combine these in the same Work Report Record.<br />
Example: If an employee has two positions that are both hourly, report the<br />
service from both positions in one report entry<br />
• Employees will receive a maximum of one year’s worth of service per fiscal<br />
year, even if additional hours are worked beyond a full-time position.<br />
Employees on a Non-Contributing Leave<br />
No service time should be reported during a non-contributing leave of absence. If<br />
the employee wishes to purchase service time from this leave later, PSERS will<br />
determine the amount that can be purchased.<br />
Exception: If an employee who is on a non-contributing leave is paid for earned<br />
sick leave or is compensated from a school-sponsored sick bank, report the total<br />
days or hours paid as service time IF the employee is NOT receiving Workers’<br />
Compensation. If the employee IS receiving Workers’ Compensation, this type of<br />
pay is not eligible for retirement contributions and must not be reported.<br />
Exception: Activated Military must have service reported.<br />
Employee Terminates Service During the Year<br />
When an employee terminates one or more positions with you during the school<br />
year, report the employee’s total service time in the last Work Report Record you<br />
submit for the position(s). Usually, this will be the Work Report Record for the last<br />
month the employee works, but it may be later if the employee has a balance of<br />
contract remaining. See Member Contract Records – Changing Information for an<br />
Employee on page 58 and When An Employee’s Work Status Changes on page 109.<br />
Hourly and Per Diem<br />
For hourly and per diem positions, the service time has been reported regularly<br />
anyway, and you must simply report any balance in the last Work Report Record you<br />
submit for this position.<br />
Salaried<br />
• For salaried positions, if you have been reporting service time monthly, report<br />
any balance in the last Work Report Record you submit for this position.<br />
• If you have NOT been reporting service time monthly and would normally<br />
have reported the annual service time in the June Work Report Record, you<br />
must determine the total service time in this position and include it in the last<br />
Work Report Record for this position, whenever that is submitted. In this<br />
case, do not report the service time again in your June Work Report.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
125
Member Contract Record<br />
If the employee has terminated all positions with you, submit a Member Contract<br />
Record to indicate this. Set the BOC Flag and/or the Outstanding Service Credit Flag<br />
to “Yes” if you have salary and/or service to report after the last month of work. In<br />
this case, set the BOC/SVC End Date to the last month in which this salary and/or<br />
service will be reported to PSERS.<br />
Example: An employee terminates all work with you effective March 15. The<br />
employee’s contract with you does not provide for continued payment after<br />
resignation, so March 15, the last day of work, is the last day for which this employee<br />
will be paid. You have not been reporting this employee’s service time in monthly<br />
Work Reports because you report your salaried employees’ service time annually.<br />
You can do either of the following:<br />
<br />
<br />
Submit the Termination Member Contract Record with the BOC Flag<br />
and Outstanding Service Credit Flag both set to “No.” Submit the<br />
employee’s final Work Report Record in the March Work Report, due by<br />
April 10 th , with all of the employee’s service time from the school year<br />
included. Do not include this employee in any monthly Work Reports<br />
after this.<br />
or…<br />
Submit the Termination Member Contract Record with the BOC Flag<br />
set to “No,” the Outstanding Service Credit Flag set to “Yes,” and the<br />
BOC/Svc End Date field set to June. By April 10 th , submit the<br />
employee’s March Work Report Record with the employee’s final<br />
earnings. Continue to include the employee, with a Work Status of<br />
TRMNTN – Termination” and with no earnings or service time in each<br />
monthly Work Report through the remainder of the school year. In your<br />
June Work Report, include a record showing the employee’s total<br />
service time from the school year.<br />
General Rules<br />
• To ensure that service time is recorded accurately, it is extremely important<br />
to select Full Time or Part Time correctly on each employee’s Member<br />
Contract Record(s).<br />
If an employee works a minimum of 5 hours per day, 5 days a week, or its<br />
equivalent (25 hours per week), that job is considered to be full-time for<br />
retirement purposes, regardless of how you or the employee view the<br />
employment for other purposes.<br />
• The full service that would have been earned during regular employment<br />
should be reported for an employee on a contributing leave.<br />
• An employee on strike is not eligible for service credit during the strike<br />
unless the days or hours lost during the strike period are worked and<br />
compensation is paid. This lost time must be made up no later than June<br />
30 of the school year involved.<br />
• Summer school service may be reported for an employee. If the employee<br />
is retiring, the effective date of retirement must be after the last day of<br />
summer employment.<br />
126<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Verifying Your Reported Service Time is Correct<br />
PSERS will send you a Member Summary Report in the fall after your August work<br />
report has been processed. This report will indicate the employee’s:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Social Security Number<br />
Name<br />
Hours and/or days of service time you reported<br />
Salary<br />
Contributions and any Wages No Contributions “WNC”<br />
You should review this report before the end of the calendar year to ensure that<br />
the credited service figure for each employee is correct.<br />
How to Correct Reported Service Errors<br />
Upon occasion, you will need to correct service time that was previously reported for<br />
an employee. To do this, see <strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report Adjustments on page 129.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
127
Chapter<br />
10<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> – Work Report<br />
Adjustments<br />
Use Work Report Adjustments when an error is made or a correction is needed to an<br />
employee’s salary, contributions, service time, or Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installments. Submit the Work Report Adjustment Record as soon as you become<br />
aware of the incorrect information.<br />
Work Report Adjustments are very similar to Work Reports, but you must report the<br />
difference between what you reported erroneously and what you should have<br />
reported.<br />
Example: You submitted a Work Report Record for January that listed an employee’s<br />
salary as $1,000, but the employee really earned $1,700. Correct this by submitting a<br />
Work Report Adjustment Record with the BASE field set to $700, so the net amount in the<br />
employee’s account will be $1,700. Always include the corresponding member<br />
contributions for the salary. Adjustments reflect amounts reported for a school year and<br />
not for a specific month.<br />
In the future, PSERS will send employees a letter notifying them that the employer<br />
has submitted a Work Report Adjustment.<br />
When to Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record<br />
Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record if any of the following occurs:<br />
• A retroactive lump sum adjustment needs to be made for an employee.<br />
• An error was made in a previous report to PSERS, and this error cannot be<br />
corrected through your payroll system.<br />
• An error was made in reporting an employee’s information in a previous fiscal<br />
year.<br />
• An employee’s Member Purchase of Service Installments were reported<br />
incorrectly in a previous report.<br />
• An employee’s service time was reported incorrectly in a previous report.<br />
• An arbitration is settled or court award.<br />
• A Work Report record that erred because there wasn’t a valid Contract<br />
Record.<br />
• A Work Report that erred at the time of approval.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
129
What Information is in a Work Report Adjustment<br />
Record<br />
A Work Report Adjustment Record contains the following information:<br />
• The reason the adjustment is needed.<br />
• Whether the wages in this Work Report Adjustment Record were paid during<br />
the fiscal year in which they were earned or are being paid in the current<br />
fiscal year for a previous year.<br />
• Whether or not contributions were withheld from the employee’s wages at the<br />
time the wages were paid.<br />
• The employee’s social security number and birth date. (Applies only to file upload.)<br />
• The fiscal year for the earnings and/or contributions being reported.<br />
• Wage type (hourly, per diem, or salaried).<br />
• Work status (“ACTIVE - Actively Working,” on some form of leave, “ACTIVW -<br />
Waiver Request,” etc.) must match the work status as reported on the<br />
Contract Record for the time period or the fiscal year in which the<br />
adjustment is being made unless the adjustment is for uncredited school<br />
service, where the current work status (ACTIVE) should be used.<br />
• The difference between what was originally reported as the employee’s<br />
earnings (in each of the earnings fields) and what should have been reported,<br />
either positive or negative.<br />
• The actual employee’s retirement contributions on the salary reported in the<br />
adjustment. This sum can be negative or positive.<br />
• The difference between what was originally reported as the employee’s<br />
service time and what should have been reported, either positive or negative.<br />
• The difference between what was originally reported as the employee’s<br />
Member Purchase of Service Installments and what should have been<br />
reported, either positive or negative.<br />
Interest for Late Contributions<br />
PSERS will charge you interest for the time between the original due date and when<br />
the contributions are received at PSERS if contributions are not made when required.<br />
This interest is charged at an annual rate of 6%, pro-rated for each day the payment<br />
is late. For more information, see Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185.<br />
Adjustments to Fiscal Years Prior to 2004-2005<br />
Member Contract Records prior to July 2004 were converted from PSERS’ previous<br />
software system. You must contact PSERS to adjust service reported prior to the<br />
2004-2005 school year.<br />
130<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
How are Work Report Adjustments Transmitted to<br />
PSERS?<br />
All Work Report Adjustment Records are transmitted to PSERS through the online<br />
system. Whenever you discover an error that needs to be corrected, you can choose<br />
to create Work Report Adjustment Records one at a time online, or you may submit<br />
multiple Work Report Adjustment Records in a file. Either way, you begin by<br />
accessing the system:<br />
1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />
familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />
2. From the Employer Services window, click “Adjustments” in the left-hand<br />
menu. A sub-menu appears, as shown next:<br />
Adjustments sub-menu<br />
For further details on the Work Report Adjustments Info Sub-Menu refer to the<br />
chapter titled Information Sub—Menu on page 157.<br />
Work Report Adjustments – Create a Manual Report<br />
Online<br />
If you need to submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for one or only a few<br />
employees, you may prefer to enter these directly online rather than uploading a file<br />
to PSERS. This section describes how to do this.<br />
You may submit Work Report Adjustment Records to PSERS at any time.<br />
First, access the Adjustments sub-menu, as described above in How are Work<br />
Report Adjustments Transmitted to PSERS.<br />
From the “Adjustments” sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “Create<br />
Adjustments.” You will see the following on your screen:<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
131
Enter a description of the Adjustment. The description should best reflect why the<br />
adjustment was created.<br />
Example: If two employees dropped off the October 2007 Work Report. The<br />
description could be:<br />
Drops 10/07 WR<br />
After entering your description, click Submit. You will see the following screen:<br />
This screen is the Record Detail Window in the Adjustments Work Area. From here<br />
you will create your Work Report Adjustments, as described in Adjustments Work<br />
Area on page 138.<br />
132<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Work Report Adjustments - Create by Uploading a File<br />
If you need to make a number of Work Report Adjustments in a month, you may<br />
prefer to upload these in a file rather than entering each one individually online.<br />
This process is very similar to uploading a file for your monthly Work Report, except<br />
that you can upload Work Report Adjustment files at any time. You are not limited to<br />
one file per month as you are with Work Report files.<br />
See Submitting Records by Uploading Files on page 159 for information on how to<br />
submit Work Report Adjustments by uploading a file.<br />
Format for Work Report Adjustment Files<br />
See the chapter titled Correctly Formatting Files on page 161 for information<br />
on how to correctly format a Work Report Adjustment. The following pages<br />
will illustrate in detail the layout for Work Report Adjustment Files.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
133
Header of the Work Report Adjustment File<br />
The Work Report Adjustment file must include a single-line header as the first line in<br />
the file. The header line identifies the employer, the type of records in the file, the<br />
number of records in the file, the date and time the file was created, and the total<br />
dollar amount for each pay and contribution category in the file. This information<br />
must be in the following format:<br />
Header<br />
Record<br />
Type<br />
Employer<br />
Code<br />
Detail<br />
Record<br />
Count<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C = Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
A 1 1 Alpha (A =<br />
Adjustments)<br />
R 6 2 Numeric 6-digit<br />
number<br />
R 6 8 Numeric 6-digit<br />
number<br />
Base Total R 12 14 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
Unpaid<br />
Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
Total<br />
Overtime<br />
Total<br />
Supplemental<br />
Total<br />
Wages No<br />
Contribution<br />
Total<br />
Member<br />
POS Installment<br />
Total<br />
Excess<br />
Salary Total<br />
Non-Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
R 12 26 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
R 12 38 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
R 12 50 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
R 12 62 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
R 12 74 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
R 12 86 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
R 12 98 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #########.##<br />
or<br />
-########.##<br />
A<br />
Describes the<br />
incoming file type;<br />
Adjustments<br />
003456 Employer ID<br />
assigned by<br />
PSERS<br />
002680 Total number of<br />
Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
666777888.99<br />
or<br />
-66777888.99<br />
or<br />
000000000.00<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Base field in all<br />
Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Unpaid<br />
Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation field<br />
in all Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Overtime field in<br />
all Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Supplemental<br />
field in all<br />
Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Wages No<br />
Contribution field in<br />
all Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Member POS<br />
Installment field in<br />
all Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Member Excess<br />
Salary field in all<br />
Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
Total dollar amount<br />
of Non-Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation field<br />
in all Adjustment<br />
Records in this file.<br />
134<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Creation<br />
Date and<br />
Time<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C = Conditional Bytes Start Format & Values Sample Comments<br />
R 12 110 Date as<br />
MMDDYYYY<br />
HHMM<br />
Filler R 18 122 NULL Filler.<br />
Space filled to<br />
match fixed length<br />
of detail record.<br />
102520061300 File creation date<br />
and time in military<br />
format.<br />
18 spaces<br />
All fields are required. “Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line.<br />
“Bytes” indicates how many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
135
Record Lines in the Work Report Adjustment File<br />
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
Social<br />
Security<br />
Number<br />
Date of<br />
Birth<br />
Reason<br />
Code<br />
Wage<br />
Indicator<br />
Contributions<br />
Withheld<br />
Flag<br />
Fiscal Year<br />
Ending<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start<br />
Format &<br />
Values Sample Comments<br />
R 9 1 Numeric 123456789 Required<br />
R 8 10 Date as<br />
MMDDYYYY<br />
04121980 Required<br />
R 6 18 Alpha as: CNTRCT The reason for the adjustment.<br />
CNTRCT,<br />
LMPSUM,<br />
SVCADJ,<br />
LATRPT,<br />
SALARY,<br />
MEMPOS,<br />
CAWARD, or<br />
UNCRDT<br />
C 1 24 Alpha (Y = Y<br />
If Reason Code = CNTRCT,<br />
wages paid<br />
LMPSUM, LATRPT, SALARY,<br />
during fiscal year<br />
CAWARD, or UNCRDT, then<br />
earned, N =<br />
Required.<br />
wages paid<br />
during the<br />
current fiscal<br />
year,<br />
space=NULL)<br />
C 1 25 Alpha (Y = N<br />
If Reason Code = CNTRCT,<br />
contributions<br />
LMPSUM, LATRPT, SALARY,<br />
were withheld<br />
CAWARD, or UNCRDT, then<br />
from the<br />
Required.<br />
member’s wages<br />
at time of<br />
payment, N =<br />
contributions<br />
were not made,<br />
space=NULL<br />
R 4 26 Year as YYYY 2006 The fiscal year in which the<br />
salary and service were<br />
earned.<br />
Wage Type R 2 30 Alpha<br />
SA = Salary<br />
PD = Per Diem<br />
HR = Hourly<br />
Work<br />
Status<br />
R 6 32 Alpha; value<br />
from Work<br />
Status Table<br />
Base O 10 38 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
Unpaid<br />
Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
O 10 48 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
SA<br />
ACTIVE<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
If Reason Code is UNCRDT,<br />
Wage Type should reflect the<br />
employee’s current Wage<br />
Type; otherwise, Wage Type<br />
should reflect the employee’s<br />
Wage Type in effect during the<br />
time period being adjusted.<br />
Must match the work<br />
status as reported on the<br />
Contract Record for which the<br />
adjustment is being made<br />
unless the adjustment is for<br />
uncredited school service,<br />
where the current work status<br />
(ACTIVE) should be used.<br />
136<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
R/O/C<br />
R = Required<br />
O = Optional<br />
C =<br />
Conditional Bytes Start<br />
Format &<br />
Values Sample Comments<br />
Overtime O 10 58 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
Supplemental<br />
Contributions<br />
O 10 68 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
C 10 78 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
Hours O 5 88 Numeric Signed,<br />
as ##### or<br />
-####<br />
Days O 7 93 Numeric Signed,<br />
as ####.## or<br />
Wages No<br />
Contribution<br />
Excess<br />
Salary<br />
Member<br />
POS Installment<br />
Non-Retirement<br />
Covered<br />
Compensation<br />
-###.##<br />
O 10 100 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
O 10 110 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
C 10 120 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
O 10 130 Numeric Signed,<br />
as #######.##<br />
or<br />
-######.##<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
00160 or<br />
–0160 or<br />
00000<br />
0020.00 or<br />
-000.00 or<br />
0000.00<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
6777888.99<br />
or<br />
-777888.99<br />
or<br />
0000000.00<br />
If Base OR Unpaid Retirement<br />
Covered Contributions OR<br />
Overtime OR Supplemental<br />
are not zero, then Required.<br />
If Work Status = ACTIVE and<br />
Base exceeds the 401(a)(17)<br />
limitation, then Base must not<br />
be greater the 401(a)(17)<br />
limitation and Excess Salary<br />
must > 0.<br />
Optional field for Non-<br />
Retirement Covered Comp,<br />
i.e. payment of unused sick<br />
time, bonus pay, etc.<br />
“Start” indicates what column that field begins in on the header line. “Bytes” indicates how<br />
many bytes (characters) are in the field. All fields are a fixed-length.<br />
For more information on any field, see Adjustments Work Area on page 138.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
137
Uploading a Work Report Adjustment File<br />
First, access the Adjustments sub-menu, as described in How are Work Report<br />
Adjustments Transmitted to PSERS on page 131.<br />
From the Adjustments sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click “File Upload.”<br />
The following screen appears:<br />
See Uploading Information Files on page 163 for further information on how to<br />
upload a Work Report Adjustment File.<br />
Adjustments Work Area<br />
After you create Adjustments (either by uploading a file or by creating a Manual<br />
Adjustment “file” online), the next step is to go to the Adjustments Work Area.<br />
You can reach the Work Area by clicking “Work Area” in the File Upload window.<br />
You can reach the Work Area for Imports by clicking “Work Area” in the Adjustments<br />
sub-menu. Clicking “Work Area” in the Adjustments sub-menu and selecting Manual<br />
Reports can reach the Work Area for Manual Adjustments.<br />
138<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
File Window<br />
The File window displays your Work Report Adjustments. You can view Work Report<br />
Adjustments you created through a file upload by checking the “Import Reports”<br />
option near the top of the window, or you can view Work Report Adjustments that you<br />
created directly online by checking the “Manual Reports” option.<br />
Work Report Adjustments Created by File Upload<br />
Select the “Import Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Report<br />
Adjustments that you created by uploading files. You will see a screen similar to the<br />
following:<br />
See the chapter on Work Area—File Window located on page 167 for information on<br />
how to navigate in the Work Report Adjustment File Window.<br />
Work Report Adjustments Created Online<br />
Select the “Manual Reports” option near the top of the window to view Work Report<br />
Adjustments that you created directly online. You will see a screen similar to the<br />
following:<br />
See the chapter on Work Area—File Window, the section on Files Created Online<br />
located on page 169 for information on how to navigate in the Work Report<br />
Adjustment File Window.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
139
Record Detail Window<br />
The Record Detail window in the Adjustments Work Area is used to add, delete, or<br />
edit individual Work Report Adjustment Records prior to approving the file.<br />
Access<br />
See File Window on previous page to access the Record Detail window. Click<br />
“Detail” or “Edit” next to the desired Work Report Adjustment<br />
The Record Detail window looks similar to the following example:<br />
Refer to the chapter titled Work Area—Record Detail Window on page 171 for more<br />
information on how to navigate the Work Adjustment Records Detail Window.<br />
Adding a Work Report Adjustment Record<br />
To add an individual to a Work Report Adjustment Record, click Add on the Work<br />
Report Adjustment Record Detail window. You will be prompted to enter the SSN<br />
(social security number) for the employee whose work you are entering.<br />
Enter the social security number and click “Submit.”<br />
If there is no Member Demographic Information on file, or if there is no<br />
Member Contract Record on file for the social security number you entered,<br />
you will see the message, “Error – SSN does not exist.”<br />
If the employee has Member Demographic Information and at least one<br />
Member Contract Record on file, a Work Report Adjustment Record will be<br />
added for this employee. All of the other fields in the Work Report<br />
Adjustment Record will be blank.<br />
140<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
At this point, you must enter information into the appropriate fields for this Work<br />
Report Adjustment Record. The fields are described under Using the Edit Window<br />
on the next page. You can add or edit information in either of two ways:<br />
<br />
Click in each field to enter or change the information. Use the scroll bar to<br />
move across and update each field in the row as needed.<br />
or…<br />
<br />
Click on Edit to the left of the employee’s social security number. This will<br />
take you into the Edit window, described under Using the Edit Window. This<br />
window provides more information about any error(s) and exception(s) in the<br />
record as you edit. The errors will be displayed at the top of the page.<br />
Using the Edit Window<br />
The Edit window allows you to add or edit information for any individual Work Report<br />
Adjustment Record. To access this window, click on “Edit” to the left of a Work<br />
Report Adjustment Record in the Work Report Adjustment Record Detail window.<br />
The Edit window looks like the following:<br />
If you already entered a fiscal year into the YEAR field and saved the record after<br />
doing so, the employee’s information for that fiscal year will appear in the left-hand<br />
window, “Existing Fiscal Year Information.” The fields in this window will be blank if<br />
you have not yet entered a fiscal year and saved the record after doing so.<br />
Under “Adjustment Detail,” enter information into the appropriate fields. See Work<br />
Report Adjustment Record Fields for more information on any field.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
141
When done entering information, click Submit. The record will be validated to<br />
ensure that all information is entered in the correct format and that all necessary<br />
fields have been filled in for this Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />
• If any errors or exceptions are found during the validation process, you will be<br />
returned to the Edit window, and the errors or exceptions will be displayed<br />
near the top of the window. You must correct the errors. Exceptions are<br />
shown for your reference so you can verify that the information is correct.<br />
Some sample errors include:<br />
• If the Work Report Adjustment Record passes the validation check, it will be<br />
saved to your current Work Report Adjustment. You will be returned to the<br />
Edit window, with the message, “Msg – Member adjustment created<br />
successfully” near the top of the screen. At this point, the record has been<br />
saved as a temporary file. You must click “Save” a second time to<br />
permanently save the entry. You may make additional changes and save<br />
those, or you may click “Cancel” to exit from this screen. Clicking “Cancel”<br />
will cause you to lose any changes you made since the last “Save.”<br />
You must correct all errors before you can save the Work Report Adjustment Record<br />
and exit from the Edit window. Exceptions are shown for your information; you may<br />
save and exit with the exception still in place. If you must leave this window without<br />
correcting all errors, click “Cancel.” In this case, edit the record again later.<br />
Note: When you exit an imported file, any records containing errors will appear in<br />
red. Invalid records in a manual file will be lost when you exit the file.<br />
142<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Work Report Adjustment Record Fields<br />
Work Report Adjustment Records contain the same fields as Work Report Records,<br />
but these fields are used in a slightly different way. There are also three additional<br />
fields. The additional fields and the specific use of the other fields are described<br />
here:<br />
• Reason Code: Use the drop-down menu to select the reason the adjustment<br />
is necessary. The Reason Code names in parenthesis are found in manual<br />
adjustment files and may differ slightly from imported adjustments.<br />
If there are several reasons for making this adjustment, select the most<br />
important reason as indicated in the Reason Codes.<br />
SALARY (Payroll Correction): Use this code if you are correcting any<br />
salary/wages that you previously reported to PSERS incorrectly. You may<br />
also correct service time in the same Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />
CNTRCT (Missing Member Contract Record): Use this code if you are<br />
submitting a Work Report Record that was rejected in your monthly Work<br />
Report because the employee did not have a corresponding Member<br />
Contract Record. Submit the correct Member Contract Record first and then<br />
submit the employee’s work information in your next monthly Work Report or<br />
in a Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />
LMPSUM (Lump Sum / Retro Pay Adjustment): Use this code if the<br />
employee receives a non-court awarded adjustment, such as a contract<br />
settlement, that needs to be applied to a prior fiscal year or cannot be<br />
reported in a Work Report Record for some other reason.<br />
SVCADJ (Service Adjustment): Use this code if you are correcting service<br />
time that was previously reported to PSERS for this employee. This may be<br />
used to adjust hours, days, or both.<br />
Note: If this adjustment includes both a change to service time and a change<br />
to salary, use the SALARY code rather than the SVCADJ code.<br />
LATRPT (Late Report): Use this code if you are reporting an employee’s<br />
wages/salary and contributions (if any) after you have submitted the monthly<br />
Work Report in which this should have been reported. This code is only used<br />
when reporting information late for an existing employee. If a qualified<br />
employee was never entered as a member or reported to PSERS, use the<br />
UNCRDT code to report this employee’s salary, contributions, and service<br />
time.<br />
All other codes supersede the LATRPT code so LATRPT should only be<br />
used when no other Reason Code applies.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
143
POS Correction (Member Purchase of Service Installments Correction):<br />
Use this code if you are correcting Member Purchase of Service Installments<br />
information that you previously reported to PSERS incorrectly or that you did<br />
not report to PSERS when you should have.<br />
UNCRDT (Uncredited School Service): Use this code if, due to an<br />
administrative error, you did not enter an employee as a member at the<br />
appropriate time and if, as a result of this oversight, you did not report the<br />
employee’s salary/wages, contributions (if withheld), and service time to<br />
PSERS, but you did pay the employee at the time.<br />
If you withheld contributions from the original payment to the employee but<br />
did not enter the employee as a member or remit the contributions to PSERS,<br />
a delinquency will be applied to your PSERS account for both your and the<br />
employee portion of the contributions. This will include interest at the rate of<br />
6% per annum, prorated for the number of days the payment was late.<br />
If contributions were NOT withheld from the original payment to the<br />
employee, but the service was eligible for retirement contributions, the<br />
employee must purchase this service time. See Purchase of Service Credit<br />
in the Employer’s Reference Manual for Member Benefits.<br />
CAWARD (Court Award): Use this code if you are reporting arbitration<br />
relating to a rate grievance, improper termination, etc. PSERS must review<br />
the court award/order before releasing any credit or debit to your and/or the<br />
employee account.<br />
If the court award spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then you<br />
must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year with the<br />
corresponding salary and service reported in each.<br />
• Wage Indicator: This indicates whether or not the salary/wages in this Work<br />
Report Adjustment Record were paid during the fiscal year in which they were<br />
earned.<br />
Yes: Select “Yes” if the salary/wages were earned and paid in the<br />
adjustment fiscal year.<br />
No: Select “No” if the salary/wages were earned in a prior fiscal year but<br />
were paid in the current fiscal year (when the mistake was discovered).<br />
This field can only be left blank if Reason Code is set to SVCADJ or<br />
MEMPOS.<br />
144<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Contributions Withheld: This indicates whether or not contributions were<br />
withheld from the salary/wages at the time they were paid to the employee.<br />
Yes: Select “Yes” if contributions were withheld when the salary/wages were<br />
paid whether that was in a past fiscal year or in the current fiscal year.<br />
No: Select “No” if no contributions were withheld from the salary/wages<br />
when they were paid to the employee.<br />
This field can only be left blank if Reason Code is set to SVCADJ or<br />
MEMPOS.<br />
• Wage Type: Select “Hourly,” “Per Diem,” or “Salary” from the drop-down<br />
menu. Do not leave this field blank.<br />
If the Reason Code is set to UNCRDT, Wage Type should match the<br />
employee’s current Wage Type as set in the employee’s Member Contract<br />
Record.<br />
If Reason Code is anything other than UNCRDT, Wage Type should match<br />
the Wage Type that was in effect during the time period being adjusted.<br />
• Work Status: Use the drop-down menu to select the Work Status for the<br />
employee during the time period being adjusted. Do not leave this field blank.<br />
If the Reason Code is set to UNCRDT, Work Status should match the<br />
employee’s current Work Status as set in the employee’s Member Contract<br />
Record. If this Work Status is not ACTIVE, contact PSERS for assistance as<br />
described in Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />
If Reason Code is anything other than UNCRDT, Work Status should match<br />
the Work Status that was in effect during the time period being adjusted.<br />
See Member Contract Records – Creating Individually on page 41 for more<br />
information on Work Statuses.<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): Enter the ending year of the fiscal year in<br />
which the salary and service were earned (when the work was performed or<br />
the leave of absence took place). Enter the year in YYYY format, with no<br />
spaces, dashes, or other characters. This field cannot be left blank.<br />
Example: For the 2006-2007 fiscal year, enter 2007.<br />
If you reported the initial information with the wrong fiscal year, correct this by<br />
submitting an Adjustment Record that subtracts all reported information from<br />
the year it was erroneously reported in, and then submit a second Adjustment<br />
Record that adds this information to the correct fiscal year.<br />
Due to the increase in the contribution rate effective January 1, 2002, you<br />
must use the June 2002 contribution rate to do any salary adjustment for the<br />
2001-2002 school year.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
145
• BASE: Enter the difference between what you originally reported as the<br />
employee’s base salary and what should have been reported. This amount can<br />
be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar<br />
digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />
punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this<br />
field blank or enter 0000000.00 if BASE does not need to be corrected.<br />
Leading zeros are not required for any field in a manual adjustment file.<br />
Example #1: If an employee was reported as earning $1,233.00 less than<br />
she actually earned, enter 001233.00 to add this amount to her earnings for<br />
the fiscal year.<br />
Example #2: If an employee was reported as earning $1,500 more than she<br />
actually earned, enter -001500.00 to subtract these earnings.<br />
The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />
after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />
EXSAL field.<br />
• URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter the difference<br />
between what you originally reported as the employee’s URCC and what<br />
should have been reported. This amount can be positive or negative. Enter<br />
the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2<br />
cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the<br />
minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter<br />
0000000.00 if URCC does not need to be corrected.<br />
The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />
after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />
EXSAL field.<br />
• OT (Overtime): Enter the difference between what you originally reported as<br />
the employee’s OT and what should have been reported. This amount can be<br />
positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar<br />
digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />
punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this<br />
field blank or enter 0000000.00 if OT does not need to be corrected.<br />
The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />
after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />
EXSAL field.<br />
• SUP (Supplemental): Enter the difference between what you originally<br />
reported as the employee’s SUP and what should have been reported. This<br />
amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if<br />
needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the<br />
dollar sign or any punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal<br />
point. Leave this field blank or enter 0000000.00 if SUP does not need to be<br />
corrected.<br />
146<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />
after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations. See the<br />
EXSAL field.<br />
• CONTRIB (Contributions): If you are adjusting an employee’s salary, adjust<br />
the contributions appropriately. You may enter a positive or negative amount.<br />
Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point,<br />
and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than<br />
the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter<br />
0000000.00 if the Contributions do not need to be corrected.<br />
The CONTRIB field must be adjusted if any of the following is true:<br />
BASE is not zero.<br />
or…<br />
SUP (Supplemental) is not zero.<br />
or…<br />
OT (Overtime) is not zero.<br />
or…<br />
URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation) is not zero.<br />
Do not adjust an employee’s contributions unless you are also adjusting<br />
salary. If you withheld contributions from an employee’s paycheck at an<br />
incorrect rate, you do not need to adjust this. PSERS posts the correct<br />
amount to the employee’s account and charges/credits the difference to your<br />
account automatically.<br />
• HRS (Hours): Enter the difference between what you originally reported as<br />
the employee’s hours of service time and what should have been reported.<br />
This amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign<br />
(if needed) and 4-hour digits. Hours must be rounded up or down. Do not<br />
enter any punctuation other than the minus sign. Leave this field blank or<br />
enter 00000 if the hours do not need to be corrected.<br />
Only enter hours that count as Service Time (service that is earned, service<br />
that may qualify later, or service that can be purchased).<br />
• DAYS: Enter the difference between what you originally reported as the<br />
employee’s hours of service time and what should have been reported. This<br />
amount can be positive or negative. Enter the days as a minus sign (if<br />
needed), 3-day digits, a decimal point, and two partial-day digits. Do not<br />
enter any punctuation other than the minus sign. Leave this field blank or<br />
enter 0000.00 if the days do not need to be corrected.<br />
Example: Enter 019.50 for a per diem employee who worked 19 ½ days<br />
more during the fiscal year than you originally reported.<br />
Only enter days that count as Service Time (service that is earned, service<br />
that may qualify later, or service that can be purchased).<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
147
• WNC (Wages No Contribution): Enter the difference between what you<br />
originally reported as the employee’s WNC and what should have been<br />
reported. This amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a<br />
minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do<br />
not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the minus sign and a<br />
single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter 0000000.00 if WNC does<br />
not need to be corrected.<br />
• POS (Member Purchase of Service Installments): Enter the difference<br />
between what you originally reported as the employee’s Member POS<br />
Installment and what should have been reported. This amount can be<br />
positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar<br />
digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any<br />
punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this<br />
field blank or enter 0000000.00 if POS does not need to be corrected.<br />
The POS field must be adjusted if the Reason Code is set to MEMPOS and<br />
POS Correction.<br />
• EXSAL (Excess Salary): Enter the difference between what you originally<br />
reported as the employee’s EXSAL and what should have been reported. This<br />
amount can be positive or negative. Enter the amount as a minus sign (if<br />
needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2 cents digits. Do not enter the<br />
dollar sign or any punctuation other than the minus sign and a single decimal<br />
point. Leave this field blank or enter 0000000.00 if EXSAL does not need to<br />
be corrected.<br />
The total amount of the BASE, OT, SUP, and URCC fields for the fiscal year,<br />
after adjustments, cannot exceed the IRS 401(a)(17) limitations, as described<br />
in What Earnings Qualify for Contributions and Contribution Rates on<br />
page 66. If the total of these fields, after adjustments, exceeds the IRS<br />
401(a)(17) limit, reduce the amount in the BASE field so that the total of these<br />
fields is equal to the IRS 401(a)(17) limit, and enter the remainder of the<br />
employee’s earnings in the EXSAL field.<br />
• NRCC (Non-Retirement Covered Compensation): Enter the difference<br />
between what you originally reported as the employee’s NRCC and what<br />
should have been reported. This amount can be positive or negative. Enter<br />
the amount as a minus sign (if needed), 6-dollar digits, a decimal point, and 2<br />
cents digits. Do not enter the dollar sign or any punctuation other than the<br />
minus sign and a single decimal point. Leave this field blank or enter<br />
0000000.00 if NRCC does not need to be corrected.<br />
148<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Saving Your Changes<br />
After adding, deleting, or editing any Work Report Adjustment Records, always save<br />
your work twice. Click “Save” in the Adjustment Record Detail window BEFORE you<br />
log out or go to another part of the system.<br />
If you log out or go to another part of the system without clicking “Save” twice, you<br />
will lose ALL changes you made since the last save. In this case, any records you<br />
added will be lost, any records you deleted will be restored, and any records you<br />
edited will be returned to their previous information.<br />
Submitting the Work Report Adjustment(s) to PSERS<br />
For information on how to submit Work Report Adjustments to PSERS see<br />
Submitting Records to PSERS on page 175.<br />
Each night, PSERS releases all Work Report Adjustments that have been approved<br />
for submission, except for Court Awards, that must be reviewed before being<br />
released. PSERS will automatically apply the information found in the Work Report<br />
Adjustment to your account with PSERS and to your employees’ accounts. After that<br />
time, you cannot change the Work Report Adjustment.<br />
You may view a Work Report Adjustment after you approve the file. The file will<br />
appear as pending until it is released the following day. Use the Approved<br />
Adjustments option to do this.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
149
Work Report Adjustments – Examples<br />
This section provides examples of how you would correct errors made in reporting<br />
work-related information to PSERS.<br />
<strong>Reporting</strong> Information that was Previously OMITTED<br />
With the New Pension Administration System, most corrections are made online by<br />
submitting a Work Report Record or a Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />
Salary/Contributions Not Reported<br />
There may be times when you did not report the salary and/or contributions for an<br />
employee at the correct time.<br />
Example #1: A full-time, salaried employee earned $3,000 during the first quarter of<br />
the 2005 – 2006 fiscal year. The employee was entered as a PSERS member at the<br />
time, but due to an administrative error, you left this employee off your Monthly<br />
Report. You paid the employee properly, and reported the employee’s service time<br />
for the year correctly at the end of the year. You withheld $225 of retirement<br />
contributions and remitted these to PSERS along with your other withholdings, but<br />
since you did not report the employee, these withholdings were not credited to her<br />
account. When the employee requests a retirement estimate, she brings the missing<br />
quarter to your attention.<br />
Correct this situation by submitting a Work Report Adjustment Record with the<br />
fields set as follows:<br />
• Reason Code: UNCRDT (Uncredited School Service)<br />
• Wage Indicator: Yes<br />
• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />
• Wage Type: Salary<br />
• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2006 (the ending year of the 2005 – 2006 fiscal<br />
year)<br />
• BASE: 0003000.00<br />
• CONTRIB (Contributions): 0000225.00<br />
• DAYS: 0000.00<br />
Since you withheld contributions properly and remitted these to PSERS at the correct<br />
time, no interest charges apply (unless these contributions were refunded to you as<br />
having been paid in error). If this happened, PSERS will apply a delinquency to your<br />
account for both your and the employee portion of the contributions. This includes<br />
interest at the rate of 6% per annum, prorated for the number of days the payment<br />
was late from the original date it was due.<br />
150<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Example #2: Using the same situation as Example #1, if you withheld contributions<br />
from the employee’s paycheck but did NOT remit these contributions to PSERS, the<br />
following applies:<br />
Since you withheld contributions from the original payment to the employee but did<br />
not remit these contributions to PSERS, a delinquency will be applied to your PSERS<br />
account for both your and the employee portion of the contributions. This includes<br />
interest at the rate of 6% per annum, prorated for the number of days the payment<br />
was late after the end of the fiscal year.<br />
From the employee’s perspective, the wages and contributions in both of these<br />
examples would be credited to the correct fiscal year and would earn interest as if<br />
they had been in the account from June 30 of that year.<br />
Example #3: Using the same situation as Example #1, if you did not withhold<br />
contributions from the employee’s paycheck and the salary qualified for contributions,<br />
the following applies:<br />
• Contributions Withheld: No<br />
• CONTRIB (Contributions): 0000000.00<br />
• WNC (Wages No Contribution): 0003000.00<br />
This Work Report Adjustment will cause PSERS to begin a Purchase of Service<br />
process for this employee. PSERS will generate a Statement of Amount Due to the<br />
employee for the retirement contributions that were never withheld but should have<br />
been. PSERS will also generate a Statement of Amount Due to you. See Purchase<br />
of Service Credit in the Employer’s Reference Manual for Member Benefits for<br />
details.<br />
Employees Work Report was Rejected<br />
PSERS will reject your Work Report if you attempt to submit a monthly Work Report<br />
Record for an employee without first submitting Member Demographic Information or<br />
a Member Contract Record.<br />
To correct this, submit Member Demographic Information and at least one<br />
Member Contract Record. Then, you must submit a Work Report Adjustment<br />
Record with the fields set as follows:<br />
• Reason Code: CNTRCT (Missing Member Contract Record)<br />
• Wage Indicator: Yes<br />
• Contributions Withheld: Yes or No as appropriate<br />
All fields need to be reported in the Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
151
Adjusting Information that was Reported INCORRECTLY<br />
In some situations, an employee’s salary, contributions, service time, and/or Member<br />
Purchase of Service Installments may have been reported to PSERS incorrectly.<br />
Incorrect Salary/Contributions Previously Reported<br />
Example: A full-time, salaried employee was paid $3,500 in September 2006 but<br />
you accidentally reported $5,300 in your monthly Work Report. You reported the<br />
contributions correctly.<br />
To correct the salary, submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set<br />
as follows:<br />
• Reason Code: SALARY (Correction to Previously-Reported Salary or<br />
Contributions)<br />
• Wage Indicator: Yes<br />
• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />
• Wage Type: Salary (note that the Wage Type must match the Wage Type<br />
at the time the work was performed)<br />
• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2007 (2006 – 2007 fiscal year)<br />
• BASE: –001800.00 (3,500 – the 5,300 originally reported)<br />
• CONTRIB (Contributions): –000135.00<br />
Incorrect Service Time was Previously Reported<br />
Example: A full-time, salaried employee worked 190 days during the 2005 – 2006<br />
fiscal year, but you accidentally reported 195 days of service time.<br />
To correct this, submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as<br />
follows:<br />
• Reason Code: SVCADJ (Service Adjustment)<br />
• Wage Type: Salary (note that the Wage Type must match the Wage Type<br />
at the time the work was performed)<br />
• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2006<br />
• DAYS: –005.00 (190 – the 195 originally reported)<br />
Note: If the Adjustment Record includes both a change to service time and a<br />
change to salary, use the SALARY code rather than the SVCADJ code.<br />
152<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Incorrect Member Purchase of Service Installments<br />
Example: A part-time, hourly employee is paying Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installments of $95 per month. You accidentally report $59 per month to PSERS for<br />
September and October 2006 before the employee calls the mistake to your<br />
attention.<br />
To correct this, submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as<br />
follows:<br />
• Reason Code: MEMPOS (Member Purchase of Service Installments<br />
Correction)<br />
• Wage Type: Hourly<br />
• Work Status: ACTIVE<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2007<br />
• Member POS Installment: 0000072.00 ($95 – $59, times 2 months)<br />
Note: If the Adjustment Record includes both a change to Member Purchase of<br />
Service Installments and a change to salary, use the SALARY code rather than<br />
the MEMPOS code.<br />
Arbitration and Court Decision Payments<br />
Contract salary awarded to an employee as a result of arbitration or a court<br />
decision is compensation for retirement purposes IF THE EMPLOYEE RECEIVES<br />
FULL BACK PAY AND BENEFITS.<br />
• Report the total amount that represents only the employee's reinstated full<br />
contract salary even though the amount of the award may have included<br />
interest or punitive damages. Do not report any other awarded claims such<br />
as interest.<br />
• Interest payments received as part of the award are NOT subject to<br />
retirement deductions. Report these in the Non-Retirement Covered<br />
Compensation field on the employee’s Work Report Adjustment Record.<br />
• You must make retirement contributions on the gross amount of contract<br />
salary awarded, not on the net salary received by the employee. If an award<br />
amount is reduced because of other outside income, you must still pay<br />
contributions on the full award amount.<br />
Example: An employee was awarded $20,000, but this amount was reduced by<br />
other outside income. The employee must pay retirement contributions on the<br />
full $20,000 award.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
153
• Submit a copy of the arbitration or court decision to PSERS to:<br />
PO Box 125<br />
Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />
You must show the total amount of the award, the salary breakdown by<br />
month/year, and the days or hours of service time to be credited.<br />
• If the court award spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then you<br />
must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year and/or<br />
contribution period with the corresponding salary and service reported in<br />
each.<br />
• PSERS must review the court award/order before releasing any credit or<br />
debit to your and/or the employee accounts.<br />
• If the Wage Indicator is set to “Y”, the employee and employer contribution<br />
rate will be based on the fiscal year in the adjustment record. If the Wage<br />
Indicator is set to “N”, the employee and employer contribution rate is<br />
based on the current fiscal year rate.<br />
Example: A salaried employee is terminated on December 17, 2004. The employee<br />
feels the termination is wrongful and sues for full back pay, benefits, interest, and<br />
penalties. The case goes to arbitration in August 2004, where it is decided that the<br />
employee will receive back pay and benefits for the remainder of his contract, from<br />
December 18, 2004 through June 10, 2005, as a $21,000 lump sum. Since the<br />
employee has been working at another job since May 15, 2005 and received $3,000<br />
in salary, the employer payment amount is reduced by $3,000, bringing the total you<br />
pay down to $18,000. You and the employee must still pay retirement contributions<br />
on the full $21,000 award, so you will withhold $1,575 from the lump sum payment.<br />
The employee will be earning 49 days of service time (the remainder of the contract<br />
for which he is being paid).<br />
Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as follows:<br />
• Reason Code: CAWARD (Court Award)<br />
• Wage Indicator: No<br />
• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />
• Wage Type: Salary<br />
• Work Status: TRMNTN<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2005<br />
• BASE: 0018000.00<br />
• URCC (Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation): 0000000.00<br />
• CONTRIB: 001575.00 (at 7.5%)<br />
• DAYS: 0049.00<br />
154<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Non-Arbitration/Court-Awarded Lump Sum Payments<br />
Retroactive Salary Increases Due to Late Contract<br />
Settlement<br />
Lump-sum payments that represent the difference between the old contract salary<br />
and the new contract salary are compensation for retirement benefits.<br />
• If the back salary increase spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then<br />
you must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year<br />
and/or contribution period with the corresponding salary and service reported<br />
in each.<br />
• If the Wage Indicator is set to “Y”, the employee and employer contribution<br />
rate will be based on the fiscal year in the adjustment record. If the Wage<br />
Indicator is set to “N”, the employee and employer contribution rate is<br />
based on the current fiscal year rate.<br />
Note: When a contract is settled and payments are made retroactively, you must<br />
withhold and report member contributions in the year earned. If the employee has<br />
retired or received a refund, PSERS will make any necessary adjustments to a<br />
retiree’s benefit or additional payments to a refunded member.<br />
Back Pay Award<br />
Lump-sum payments also include back pay awards that are privately negotiated with<br />
a (former) employee without a court order.<br />
• If the back pay settlement spans fiscal years and/or contribution periods, then<br />
you must submit a Work Report Adjustment Record for each fiscal year<br />
and/or contribution period with the corresponding salary and service reported<br />
in each.<br />
• If the Wage Indicator is set to “Y”, the employee and employer contribution<br />
rate will be based on the fiscal year in the adjustment record. If the Wage<br />
Indicator is set to “N”, the employee and employer contribution rate is<br />
based on the current fiscal year rate.<br />
Example: You terminated a salaried coach in April 2006. The coach disputes the<br />
termination, seeking payment and service time for the remainder of his contract,<br />
through June 2006. In August 2006, you agree to these terms. You pay the coach a<br />
lump sum of $4,500, from which $292.50 in retirement contributions are withheld.<br />
The coach will receive 12 days of service time.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
155
Submit a Work Report Adjustment Record with the fields set as follows:<br />
• Reason Code: LMPSUM (Lump Sum / Retro Pay Adjustment)<br />
• Wage Indicator: No<br />
• Contributions Withheld: Yes<br />
• Wage Type: Salary<br />
• Work Status: TRMNTN<br />
• YEAR (Fiscal Year Ending): 2006<br />
• BASE: 0004500.00<br />
• CONTRIB: 0000292.50<br />
• DAYS: 0012.00<br />
156<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
11<br />
Information Sub—Menu<br />
The Information Sub—Menu is for imports and manual files. Use the radial button at<br />
the top of the page to choose the type of work area.<br />
Member Demographics and Contract Records<br />
There are four options in the Info sub-menu under Member Demographics and<br />
Contract Records:<br />
• File Upload lets you submit new record and make changes to existing<br />
records by uploading a file that was exported by your payroll/HR software<br />
system. In this case, you must upload a file in the correct format. See<br />
Submitting Records by Uploading a File on page 159.<br />
• Work Area is used in connection with the File Upload option. See Uploading<br />
an Information File on page 163 for more information on this option.<br />
• View/Edit option lets you check whether a record already appears on file<br />
with PSERS. If so, you can view and edit this information online.<br />
• Create option lets you submit a record by entering this information directly<br />
online, one at a time.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
157
Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments<br />
There are four options in the Info sub-menu for Work Reports and Work Report<br />
Adjustments:<br />
• File Upload lets you submit new record and make changes to existing<br />
records by uploading a file that was exported by your payroll/HR software<br />
system. In this case, you must upload a file in the correct format. See<br />
Submitting Records by Uploading a File on page 159.<br />
• Work Area is where Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments that you<br />
have submitted can be found. There is both an “Import” and a “Manual” Work<br />
Area. If the report was created online, make sure to look in the “Manual”<br />
Work Area.<br />
• Create Report/Adjustments allows the employer to create a manual<br />
Work Report and/or Adjustment File<br />
• Approved Reports allows employer to view all approved reports by<br />
selecting the “View” tab. Once the file is open, the employer will also have<br />
a “Print” function button on the top right of the page.<br />
158<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
12<br />
Submitting Records by Uploading<br />
Files<br />
There are five steps involved in submitting multiple records at once:<br />
1. Create a file in the correct format. In most cases, this involves exporting the<br />
file from your payroll/HR software system. Name the file as specified in the<br />
PSERS Filename Convention, described in Uploading an Information File on<br />
page 163. The file format is detailed under Correctly Formatting Files on<br />
page 161.<br />
2. Upload the file to PSERS, as described under Uploading an Information File<br />
on page 163.<br />
3. Validate the file to check for any errors or exceptions. You may validate<br />
the file as part of the uploading process or you may do this from the Work<br />
Area later, at your option. PSERS will validate the file immediately upon<br />
submission. If the file is very large, PSERS may validate it overnight. In<br />
this case, you will see a message indicating you should return to the<br />
system the next day.<br />
4. Fix the records with errors or delete these records. Go to the section’s Work<br />
Area. If you did not choose to validate the file during the upload process, run<br />
the validation process at this time. After the file validation has been run, any<br />
records that contain errors or exceptions will be flagged for you to examine.<br />
Exceptions are shown for your information. You may submit records with<br />
exceptions still in place but you should contact the Employer Service Center<br />
to inform PSERS. Rerun the validation process after making any corrections.<br />
5. Submit the file once all corrections are made.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
159
Chapter<br />
13<br />
Correctly Formatting Files<br />
In order to transmit a file to the system, all information in the file must be in the<br />
correct format, as follows:<br />
• Save the file as a plain text (ASCII) file that contains only Member<br />
Demographic Information. You CANNOT mix Member Demographic<br />
Information, Member Contract Records, Work Report Records, and/or Work<br />
Report Adjustment Records into one file.<br />
• The first line in the file is a header line. Refer to the section where the<br />
Header Line is described. For example, The Member Demographic Header<br />
Line can be found under Header of the Member Demographic Information<br />
File on page 32.<br />
• Each individual record must appear on its own record line. Refer to the<br />
section where the Record Lines are described. For example, the Member<br />
Demographic Record Line section is found under Record Lines in the<br />
Member Demographic Information File on page 33.<br />
• All record lines must be in the fixed-record (fixed width) format.<br />
• Report the fields in each record line in the order identified.<br />
• All numeric (non-decimal) fields must be right justified, zero-padded left. If<br />
the field is optional and will not be populated with data, zero-fill it.<br />
• Date fields are considered numeric. If a date field is optional and will not be<br />
populated with data, zero-fill it.<br />
• All alpha or alphanumeric fields must be left justified, space-filled to the right.<br />
If the field is optional and will not be populated with data, space-fill it.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
161
• Implied decimals cannot be used, but when an example shows a numeric<br />
value with a decimal point, zero-value fields must include this decimal point in<br />
that place.<br />
• For fields that are numeric signed, the minus sign must appear as the<br />
leftmost position in the field if the value is less than zero; otherwise, the<br />
leftmost position would have a zero in it.<br />
• All header and record lines must be Carriage Return, Line Feed (CRLF<br />
Hexadecimal 0D25) delimited.<br />
• All fields in the file are character-based and fixed-length. Some fields require<br />
a particular character, such as a decimal point, in a specific place. The<br />
sample data shown for each field indicates the layout of that field. All records<br />
must use this layout for both real data and “empty” or “zero value” data.<br />
162<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
14<br />
Uploading an Information File<br />
First, access the particular sub-menu that you need.<br />
• From the sub-menu on the left side of the screen, click File Upload.<br />
• Click “Browse” to locate the file to be uploaded to PSERS. This file must be<br />
in the correct format. Name the file as specified in the PSERS Filename<br />
Convention:<br />
A Member Demographic Information filename must begin with “mdem”<br />
followed by your 6-digit PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is<br />
shorter than six digits, place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six<br />
digits long), followed by the 4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point,<br />
and “v3d” as the filename extension.<br />
A Contract Information filename must begin with “cont” followed by your 6-<br />
digit PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is shorter than six digits,<br />
place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six digits long), followed by the<br />
4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point, and “v3d” as the filename<br />
extension.<br />
A Work Report filename must begin with “wrpt” followed by your 6-digit<br />
PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is shorter than six digits,<br />
place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six digits long), followed by the<br />
4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point, and “v3d” as the filename<br />
extension.<br />
An Adjustments filename must begin with “wadj” followed by your 6-digit<br />
PSERS Employer Code (if your Employer Code is shorter than six digits,<br />
place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it six digits long), followed by the<br />
4-digit year, the 2-digit month, a decimal point, and “v3d” as the filename<br />
extension.<br />
Example: Employer 1234 is submitting a Member Demographic Information<br />
file in July 2006. The file would be named: mdem001234200607.v3d<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
163
• After selecting the file, you must enter a brief description of the file in the<br />
Description field. After the file is transmitted, you will no longer see the file<br />
name. Instead, you will only see the description you entered.<br />
The description must contain the following:<br />
Your 6-digit PSERS Employer Code. If your Employer Code is<br />
shorter than six digits, place one or two zeroes in front of it to make it<br />
six digits long.<br />
<br />
<br />
The initials of the type of file you are working on. Use “MD” for<br />
Member Demographic, “CR” for Contract Information, “WR” for Work<br />
Report, and “WA” for Adjustments.<br />
The 4-digit year and the 2-digit month.<br />
Sample Description: Employer 1234 is submitting a Member Demographic<br />
Information file in August 2007. The description should be:<br />
001234 MD 200708<br />
• To validate the individual records in the file immediately after it is uploaded,<br />
make sure the “Validate Immediately” check box is selected. Validation<br />
checks that the records in the uploaded file are in the correct format and that<br />
all necessary information is included. To validate the records later (for<br />
example, if a different person or department checks the records than the<br />
person / department who uploads the file), clear this check box. In this case,<br />
the employer will need to validate the records at a later time. Changes will be<br />
complete after you validate the records, correct any errors (or delete the<br />
records containing errors), and submit any corrected records.<br />
• If you want to clear the information you entered into this window, click<br />
“Clear.” This will empty all the fields on the screen.<br />
• When you are ready to transmit the file, click “Upload.” This transmits the file<br />
to PSERS. An error message will be displayed immediately if any errors are<br />
found in the file format, or if the file header does not reconcile with the records<br />
in the file. In this case, the file cannot be used in its current form. Review the<br />
error(s) and make the necessary changes to your file in whatever software<br />
program was used to create the file. Then, upload the new file.<br />
• The file will be loaded into the Work Area if it passes the format and header<br />
check. Also, if the “Validate Immediately” option was selected, the records<br />
will be checked to make sure they are in a valid format and that all necessary<br />
information is included. At this point, a summary of the results will be<br />
displayed, such as:<br />
164<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Records Transmitted: 330 shows number of records that were<br />
transmitted from the file<br />
Records Validated: 330 shows number of records that were<br />
validated (“0” if not performed)<br />
Status: Valid Records: 327 shows number of records that passed<br />
validation check, if performed<br />
Invalid Records: 3 shows number of records that failed<br />
validation check, if performed<br />
Elapsed Time: 900ms shows amount of time the upload<br />
and validation check took<br />
All records in the uploaded file, whether validated or not, are placed in the<br />
Work Area. They will NOT be submitted to PSERS automatically. You<br />
MUST go to the particular Work Area to check the records, correct any errors,<br />
and approve the records before they will be submitted to PSERS.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
165
Chapter<br />
15<br />
Work Area – File Window<br />
Created by File Upload<br />
The File window displays the file that was just uploaded as well as files that were<br />
uploaded in the past. From the File window, you have the following options:<br />
• Status: Use this drop-down menu to view only files that meet a certain<br />
criterion. This also changes the options that are available from this screen.<br />
The Status choices are:<br />
All displays all files you have transmitted to the system. You will see an<br />
option to continue to the next “page” in the file list if there are more files<br />
than fit on the screen.<br />
Not Validated displays files that have been transmitted but have not yet been<br />
through the validation check.<br />
Validated displays only files that have been through the validation check but<br />
have not yet been approved. Use this to see the files you are working on<br />
and still need to have approved.<br />
Approved displays files that have already been submitted to PSERS. The<br />
records in these files can no longer be edited, but they can be viewed.<br />
Approved with Errors displays files that were submitted to PSERS with<br />
uncorrected errors in some records. The records in these files can no<br />
longer be edited or resubmitted, but they can be viewed.<br />
• Select: Use this check box to select the file(s) to be affected by the next<br />
action you take, such as “Approve.”<br />
Note: You cannot select files while Status is set to view “All” files. You must<br />
first change Status to the desired setting, to ensure that the option you want<br />
to apply is valid for all of the files you select.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
167
• Validate: The option appears in the lower part of the screen if Status<br />
is set to view “Not Validated” files.<br />
• Select one or more files and click “Validate” to validate the records in the<br />
selected file(s). Validation checks that the records in the uploaded file are in<br />
the correct format and that all necessary information is included. You will<br />
need to correct any records that do not pass the validation check before they<br />
can be submitted to PSERS.<br />
• New File: Click if you need to upload another file.<br />
• Delete File: Click to delete the selected file(s) entirely. This can only be<br />
done before a file has been approved for submission to PSERS. Use this<br />
option if a file contains an error in the file header or contains too many errors<br />
to correct, and you want to delete it and upload a new file instead.<br />
• Approve: This option appears if Status is set to view “Validated” files. Select<br />
one or more files and click “Approve” to approve ALL records in the selected<br />
file(s) and submit these to PSERS. You should only approve the files after<br />
you have made all the necessary changes and you are ready to submit the<br />
records. Once you approve the file, the records cannot be deleted or<br />
changed.<br />
After you approve the file, the records in it can only be viewed for reference.<br />
They can no longer be edited or deleted in the Work Area. If you approve the<br />
file but some of the records still contain errors, those records will NOT be<br />
posted to the system. At this point, they cannot be fixed and submitted to<br />
PSERS. Instead, create a Work Report Adjustment File with the correct<br />
information and submit these records to PSERS. Delays in reporting Member<br />
(Employee) Contributions may cause you to be charged delinquency interest.<br />
For all of these reasons, a file should only be approved if the display indicates<br />
that ALL of the records in the file are valid. The number in the “Valid Rows”<br />
column should match the number in the “Rows Imported” column and in the<br />
“Rows Processed” column. The “Not Processed Rows” and “Invalid Rows”<br />
columns should both show “0.”<br />
If the file contains any invalid records, those will be indicated in the “Invalid<br />
Rows” column. In this case, click “Detail” to view the records and correct the<br />
errors before approving the records.<br />
• Detail: Click to view the records in the file in a detailed format. This option<br />
lets you check that information is in the right field for each employee. It also<br />
allows you to edit the information for a particular employee or to delete an<br />
employee’s record if you want to submit it later instead.<br />
Clicking “Detail” will take you to the Record Detail window described in Work<br />
Area – Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />
Note: The file must be validated before the records can be viewed in detail.<br />
168<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Manual Files Created Online<br />
You must select the “Manual” button to view this Work Area. The system will<br />
automatically default to “Import” if you do not choose “Manual”. The following options<br />
are available from the File Window screen:<br />
• Status: Use this drop-down menu to view only files that were created online<br />
and that meet a certain criterion. This also changes the options that are<br />
available from this screen. The Status choices are:<br />
All displays all files that you created online. You will see an option to<br />
continue to the next “page” in the file list if there are more files than fit on<br />
the screen.<br />
Validated displays only files created online but not yet approved for<br />
submission to PSERS.<br />
Not Validated displays files created online but that have not yet been through<br />
the validation check. Check the file under “Select” to validate these<br />
records. This does not apply to manual reports.<br />
Approved displays files created online and already approved for submission<br />
to PSERS. You can view but can no longer edit these records if PSERS<br />
has released them already.<br />
Approved with Errors displays files created online and submitted to PSERS<br />
with uncorrected errors in some records. This does not apply to manual<br />
reports.<br />
• Select: Use this check box to select the file(s) to be affected by the next<br />
action you take, such as “Approve” or “Delete.”<br />
Note: You cannot select files while Status is set to view “All” files. You must<br />
first change Status to the desired setting, to ensure that the option you want<br />
to apply is valid for all of the files you select.<br />
Important: Employers can now delete file that have not been approved.<br />
• New Report / New Adjustment: Click if you need to create another file.<br />
• Approve: This option appears if Status is set to view “Validated” a file.<br />
Select one or more files and click “Approve” to approve ALL records in the<br />
selected file(s) and submit these to PSERS. This should only be done when<br />
the file is complete and correct and all records in it are ready to be submitted.<br />
Each night, PSERS releases all files approved for submission, except for<br />
Court Awards that must be reviewed before being released. PSER will<br />
automatically apply the information found in the files to your account with<br />
PSERS and to your employees’ accounts. After that time, you cannot change<br />
the file.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
169
You may view a file after PSERS has released it. Use the Approved option<br />
to do this.<br />
If your file still contains invalid information when it is approved for submission<br />
to PSERS, these entries will be rejected.<br />
• Edit: Click to edit the records in the file, to add or delete records. Clicking<br />
“Edit” will take you to the Record Detail window described in Work Area --<br />
Record Detail Window on page 171.<br />
170<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
16<br />
Work Area – Record Detail Window<br />
You have the following options from the Record Detail window:<br />
• Status: Use this drop-down menu to view only records that meet a certain<br />
criterion:<br />
All displays all of the records in the selected file. Records with errors or<br />
exceptions will be highlighted in the list.<br />
Non validated displays records that have been added or edited and have not<br />
yet been validated.<br />
Valid displays only records that have been through the validation check and<br />
are found to be in a valid format.<br />
Invalid displays records that have been through the validation check and are<br />
found to contain errors. You must correct all errors before the record can<br />
be submitted to PSERS.<br />
Exceptions: Records with non-standard data. They are shown for your<br />
reference so you can verify that the non-standard data is correct. These<br />
are often contribution rate discrepancies.<br />
• Scroll: Use the vertical scroll bar to see additional records. Use the<br />
horizontal scroll bar to view the fields in a particular record without editing that<br />
record.<br />
• Delete: Select the “Delete” check box for any records that you should delete<br />
rather than submit to PSERS. After you checked all desired records, click<br />
“Delete” under the horizontal scroll bar.<br />
• Validate: Click to run the validation process again. If you added, deleted, or<br />
edited any records, revalidate before submitting the records to PSERS.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
171
• Save: Click to save any changes you made to the records. Do this after you<br />
have finished all adding, deleting, and editing of records. If you exit the<br />
Record Detail window (for example, if you log out or go to another part of the<br />
system) without saving, you will lose ALL changes you made since the last<br />
save. In this case, any records you added will be lost, any records you<br />
deleted will be restored, and any records you edited will be returned to their<br />
previous information. It is advisable to save your work periodically during the<br />
editing session if you are editing extensively.<br />
• Add: Click to add another record to the current batch. You will be prompted<br />
to enter the additional employee’s social security number. A new record with<br />
this social security number will be added to the Record Detail window. The<br />
other fields for this employee will be blank and will need to be filled in by<br />
editing the record. Use the “Add” function when an employee is left out of the<br />
batch by mistake or if an employee’s social security number was incorrect in<br />
the file that was submitted. This field cannot be edited so you would need to<br />
delete the incorrect record and add a correct record.<br />
• Cancel: Click to cancel ALL changes you made to the records since the last<br />
“Save.” This will delete any records you added and will return any records<br />
you edited to their previous information. It will also restore any records you<br />
deleted.<br />
• Edit: If you need to change the information in a record, you can do so by<br />
clicking in the desired field and changing that field on the spot. If preferred,<br />
you can click “Edit” to the left of the record to edit the information in the Edit<br />
window. This window provides more information about the error(s) and<br />
exception(s) in the record. It also validates the information you add or edit.<br />
Near the top of the window, you will see any errors that need to be corrected<br />
for this record as well as any exceptions that you should verify are correct.<br />
Edit the information in each field to correct any errors. When done editing,<br />
click “Update Import” to accept the changes you made and exit from this<br />
window. Click “Cancel” to exit from this window without saving any changes.<br />
172<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Search: Employers are able to search for individuals within a work report<br />
by name or social security number. Employers can also search by type of<br />
error in a report and print the names of the employees whose entry<br />
contain errors. This will enable employers to work offline to correct or<br />
verify information.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
173
Chapter<br />
17<br />
Submitting Records to PSERS<br />
You will be ready to submit your records to PSERS after you have…<br />
• Finished adding, deleting, and editing records in the Record Detail<br />
window.<br />
and…<br />
• Clicked “Save” to save your changes.<br />
Click “Work Area” in the sub-menu on the left-hand side of the screen to submit your<br />
finalized, saved file. This will return you to the File window.<br />
Change “Status” to display only “Validated” files. Then, click the check box to select<br />
the file and finally click “Approve” to send the file to PSERS.<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
175
You will see the following message in a pop-up window:<br />
Click OK. The file has now been submitted to PSERS. It will disappear from the<br />
Validated screen since it no longer falls in the category of being validated but not<br />
submitted. After this, change “Status” to display “Approved” files to see the file.<br />
176<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
18<br />
How PSERS Responds to Work<br />
Reports and Payments<br />
Via the U.S. Postal Service on the time schedule indicated, PSERS will send you the<br />
following statements about your reports and payments to PSERS.<br />
• An Employer Statement of Accounts, sent on the 21 st of each month. This<br />
statement shows payments made for employee and employer contributions,<br />
Purchase of Service Installments, and a list of all monies associated with<br />
approved Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments.<br />
• A Delinquency Letter, if you have a past due balance on Member (employee)<br />
contributions, Member Purchase of Service Installments, or Employer<br />
contributions. PSERS charges interest daily on payments not paid on time or<br />
pain in full. We send this letter and the Employer Statement of Accounts as a<br />
reminder to pay promptly to help minimize your interest charges. This letter is<br />
mailed on approximately the 21 st of each month if PSERS has not received<br />
the payment by that date.<br />
• A Waiver/Contribution Adjustment Letter, sent to both you and the part-time<br />
employee who waived membership but is no longer eligible to waive<br />
membership. You must:<br />
Enter the employee as a member of PSERS.<br />
Deduct contributions and send to PSERS.<br />
Submit Work Reports each month.<br />
• (This feature will be added in the future.) A letter will be sent when a parttime<br />
employee qualifies during the month of your last Work Report, and you<br />
did not report contributions. You must begin withholding contributions from<br />
this employee’s paychecks. You will also receive notification when you<br />
submit your monthly Work Report Record(s) for this employee.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
177
Employer Statement of Accounts<br />
On the 21 st of each month, PSERS will mail you an Employer Statement of Accounts<br />
to communicate with you about your Member (Employee) Contributions, Employer<br />
Contributions, and Member Purchase of Service Installments.<br />
You may also view your Employer Statement of Accounts online:<br />
1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. See Accessing<br />
the Online System on page 1 if you are not familiar with how to do this.<br />
2. Click “Account Details” in the left-hand menu from the Employer Services<br />
window. You will see a screen with basic information about your account with<br />
PSERS.<br />
3. Use the scroll box near the top of the screen to select the Employer<br />
Statement of Accounts you want to view. After selecting the statement, click<br />
“GO.” The selected Employer Statement of Accounts will appear on the<br />
screen:<br />
ABC SCHOOL DISTRICT<br />
123 MAIN ST<br />
HARRISBURG, PA 17112-1234<br />
To view a different month’s Employer Statement of Accounts, select it from the dropdown<br />
box at the top of the screen.<br />
178<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Accounts within the Statement<br />
The Employer Statement of Accounts includes three sections, one for each billing<br />
account you have with PSERS:<br />
• Member Contributions: This section summarizes the contributions your<br />
employees make to PSERS via withholding from their paychecks. You report<br />
these withholdings in your monthly Work Reports and in Work Report<br />
Adjustments.<br />
• Employer Contributions: This section summarizes your portion of the<br />
retirement contributions. Employer contributions are calculated automatically<br />
from the total qualifying salaries you report in your monthly Work Reports and<br />
in Work Report Adjustments.<br />
• Member POS (Purchase of Service) Installments: If you have any<br />
employees who are purchasing service time through payroll deductions, your<br />
statement will include a section that summarizes the Member POS<br />
Installments that you reported in your monthly Work Reports and in Work<br />
Report Adjustments.<br />
The three sections of the report are very similar in format. Each section contains a<br />
header with the same basic information, followed by transaction lines in the same<br />
layout.<br />
Statement Header<br />
At the top of each page in your Employer Statement of Accounts, you will see a<br />
header that contains the following information:<br />
• Your Employer Name, Address, and Employer Code.<br />
• The section of the report covered on this page: Member Contributions,<br />
Member POS Payments (for employee Purchase of Service Installment<br />
Payments), or Employer Contributions.<br />
• The period included in this report. All Work Reports, Work Report<br />
Adjustments, payments, and interest charges that were posted to your<br />
account during this period will be shown on this Employer Statement of<br />
Accounts.<br />
• The current date.<br />
The month of this Employer Statement of Accounts will only appear on the first page.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
179
Account Transactions<br />
Each transaction that was posted to your account during the period of this Employer<br />
Statement of Accounts will be detailed on its own line. Transactions include Work<br />
Reports, Work Reports Adjustments, payments, interest charges, and any<br />
adjustments made by PSERS in unusual circumstances. For each transaction, you<br />
will see the following information:<br />
• POST DATE: This is the date the transaction was posted to your account.<br />
For a Work Report or Work Report Adjustment, this is the date the report was<br />
released by PSERS after you submitted it. For a payment, this is the date<br />
PSERS posted the payment to your account. For interest charges and<br />
adjustments, this is the date PSERS calculated the interest or made the<br />
adjustment.<br />
• TRANS TYPE: This indicates the type of transaction: a Work Report (WH<br />
Report), a Work Report Adjustment (WH Adj.), a Payment, an Interest<br />
charge, or an Adjustment PSERS made.<br />
• Interest charges are listed under the Work Report or Work Report Adjustment<br />
for which they were generated.<br />
• DUE DATE: This indicates when the amount in the “DUE AMT” column is<br />
due at PSERS.<br />
• TRANS #: PSERS will assign a transaction identification number to every<br />
Work Report, Work Report Adjustment, payment, interest charge, and any<br />
miscellaneous adjustment made by PSERS.<br />
• DESCRIPTION: This provides more detail on the transaction. For example:<br />
Identifies the Work Report or Work Report Adjustment posted.<br />
Identifies the deposit date a payment is received.<br />
Identifies the transaction for which the payment is applied.<br />
• DUE AMT: This shows the amount you must remit to PSERS for each<br />
transaction. This column will only be filled in for transactions that require<br />
payment, such as a Work Report, Work Report Adjustment, interest charge,<br />
or any miscellaneous adjustment created by PSERS.<br />
• PAID AMT: This shows the amount you have remitted to PSERS for a<br />
particular transaction. Payments are displayed in parentheses to indicate a<br />
negative amount.<br />
180<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• END BAL: This shows the balance of a transaction (amounts due minus<br />
amounts remitted). The End Balance is the amount you still owe to PSERS<br />
for that transaction or the credit to your account from the transaction.<br />
Example: If you owe $35,000 in member contributions between a Work<br />
Report and a Work Report Adjustment and make a payment for $30,000, you<br />
would see the following transactions in your Employer Statement of Accounts<br />
(only the columns relevant to this example are shown):<br />
TRANS TYPE TRANS # DESCRIPTION DUE AMT. PAID AMT. END BAL.<br />
WH Report 201 Billing Rpt 2004-12 $20,000.00<br />
203 Payment Ref#12345 – 203 ($20,000.00)<br />
Trans. Balance $0.00<br />
WH Adj. 202 Correction to WR 12-2004 $15,000.00<br />
203 Payment Ref#12345 – 203 ($10,000.00)<br />
Trans. Balance $5,000.00<br />
Payment 203 Dep Date 01/10/2005<br />
Check 12345 ($30,000.00)<br />
201 Billing Rpt 2004-12 $20,000.00<br />
202 Correction to WR 12-2004 $10,000.00<br />
Trans. Balance $0.00<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
181
Account Totals<br />
If you have submitted your Work Reports for the entire quarter, your Employer<br />
Statement of Accounts will show your amount due for that quarter. At the bottom of<br />
each section of the Employer Statement of Accounts, you will see line totaling these<br />
columns:<br />
• DUE AMT: The total owed to PSERS.<br />
• PAID AMT: The total remitted to PSERS.<br />
• END BAL: The balance as of this date.<br />
Employees Missing from the Employer Statement of Accounts<br />
Contributions remitted to PSERS for an employee who is not in the system will<br />
remain as a credit in your Member Contributions account until you successfully<br />
submit the employee’s Work Report Record. To do this, you must enter the<br />
employee as a member of PSERS by doing the following:<br />
1. Submit Member Demographic Information.<br />
2. Submit at least one Member Contract Record.<br />
3. Submit either a Work Report or a Work Report Adjustment Record for the<br />
employee.<br />
Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter<br />
You may receive an Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter if you did not submit<br />
one or more of the required monthly Work Reports within a quarter or if one or more<br />
of these Work Reports was invalid. PSERS sends this letter in addition to the<br />
Employer Statement of Accounts. You must add the amount in the addendum letter<br />
to the amount shown in your Employer Statement of Accounts to determine the<br />
amount you owe to PSERS.<br />
An Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter:<br />
• Is sent to you approximately 45 days after the end of the quarter.<br />
• Shows your estimated amount due for the unreported period (based on<br />
your reports for the same period in the previous fiscal year.<br />
• Is a valid bill and MUST be paid.<br />
Note: You may calculate a more accurate “estimate” and pay that amount in lieu<br />
of a PSERS estimate. To determine your Employer Contributions, multiply your<br />
total reportable salaries for the unfinalized month(s) by your employer contribution<br />
rate.<br />
Remember, you will not receive an Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter if<br />
you submit your monthly Work Report by the 20 th of every month.<br />
Either before or after paying your estimated amount, you must submit the missed<br />
monthly Work Report(s) to PSERS. PSERS will compare the amount from this<br />
Work Report with the estimate that was paid and will show the difference on your<br />
next Employer Statement of Accounts.<br />
182<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Remaining Balance Due After Estimated Payment<br />
If you have paid an estimated amount, submitted your missing monthly Work<br />
Report(s), and your next Employer Statement of Accounts shows a remaining<br />
balance in any account, the balance in this account will accrue interest charges<br />
unless you paid all overdue amounts within this account PLUS at least the<br />
following percent of the current due amount by the due date shown:<br />
• For Employer Contributions, you must pay at least 60% of any due amount by<br />
the due date (see Due Dates on page 82), plus 100% of any overdue<br />
amount, or interest will accrue.<br />
• For Member Contributions, you must pay at least 90% of any due amount<br />
by the due date (the 10 th of the month following the month in the Work<br />
Report), plus 100% of any overdue amount, or interest will accrue.<br />
• For Member POS Installment Payments, you must pay 100% of any due<br />
amount by the due date (the 10 th of the month following the month in the<br />
Work Report), plus 100% of any overdue amount, or interest will accrue.<br />
Interest accrues separately within each account (Member Contributions, Member<br />
POS Payments, and Employer Contributions).<br />
You must remit to PSERS the remaining amount owed in each account by the<br />
appropriate due date. See Payments – Remitting to PSERS on page 185 for more<br />
information.<br />
Remaining Credit After Estimated Payment<br />
If you have paid an estimated amount, submitted your missing monthly Work<br />
Report(s), and your next Employer Statement of Accounts shows a credit, this<br />
credit will be carried forward to the next time period. If you want to receive a<br />
refund instead, you must request this in writing.<br />
If there is a difference between your records and the information in your Employer<br />
Statement of Account, you may need to submit a Work Report Adjustment to<br />
resolve the difference. Examine your records carefully to determine the cause of<br />
the discrepancy.<br />
No Wages and Contributions Report for Employees Entered<br />
as Members of PSERS<br />
PSERS will generate a Member Summary Listing Report showing any employees<br />
you entered as members. You should double check all employees showing zero<br />
salary and contributions to make sure you did not inadvertently omit the employee<br />
from your monthly Work Reports. PSERS will mail you this report after you file your<br />
June Work Report. You can also contact PSERS to request this report for any<br />
school year beginning with 2004-2005.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
183
Employer’s Member Current Account Balance Report<br />
You will receive a Employer’s Member Current Account Balance Report around the<br />
same time a Member Statement of Account is sent to every member of PSERS. This<br />
report is mailed annually directly to the employer.<br />
The report will indicate each employee’s:<br />
• social security number<br />
• name<br />
• member status (A- Active, PQ- Pending Qualification)<br />
• employee contribution rate<br />
• total PSERS credited service<br />
The totals will include ALL school service rendered with ALL employers and service<br />
purchased as of the date the report is produced.<br />
Employees who had a break in service prior to July 1, 1973, who did not refund<br />
their contributions and interest, may not have the prior service included in the current<br />
account balance.<br />
Please have the employee contact PSERS with as much information as possible<br />
about the prior service, such as the dates of employment, the old account number if<br />
available, former name, and name of employer. The records will be combined, and<br />
the employee will receive written verification of the total service.<br />
184<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
19<br />
Payments – Remitting to PSERS<br />
There are three types of payments you, as an employer, must make to PSERS during<br />
each fiscal year:<br />
• Member (Employee) Contributions<br />
• Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments<br />
• Employer Contributions<br />
You must remit all payments to PSERS by the due dates described below. Use the<br />
remittance method described under Methods of Remittance. Details about each type of<br />
payment and the interest charges that may apply to it are provided in the other parts of<br />
this section.<br />
Due Dates<br />
Member (Employee) Contributions: Remit no later than 10 days after the close of the<br />
month for which deductions were withheld.<br />
Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments: Remit no later than 10 days<br />
after the close of the month for which deductions were withheld.<br />
Employer Contributions: Payments for actual or estimated billings are due quarterly.<br />
Payment must be received at PSERS five business days after the Commonwealth pays<br />
their retirement contribution subsidies.<br />
Quarter<br />
Employer Contribution Due Date<br />
3 rd (July-September) December 26, 2007<br />
4 th (October- December) March 23, 2007<br />
1 st (January-March) June 25, 2007<br />
2 nd (April-June) September 25, 2007<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
185
Member (Employee) Contributions<br />
These are your employees’ portion of their retirement contributions. PSERS will<br />
calculate the amount due each month from the salaries you report in your monthly Work<br />
Reports and Work Report Adjustments based on each employee’s contribution rate.<br />
In most cases, you will have withheld these contributions from your employees’<br />
paychecks, but there may be times when your withholdings do not match the amount<br />
that PSERS calculates is due. This situation is described in more detail under Avoiding<br />
Interest Charges.<br />
You must remit Member (Employee) Contributions to PSERS as follows:<br />
• Member (Employee) Contributions are due at PSERS by the 10 th of each month<br />
for the previous month.<br />
• If the Member (Employee) Contributions you remit to PSERS are less than 90%<br />
of the amount due for that month, PSERS will charge interest on the unpaid<br />
amount at a rate of 6% per annum. PSERS will assess interest charges on the<br />
21 st of each month for each day the payment was late starting with the 11 th of the<br />
month and continuing until we receive full payment,<br />
• If you pay 90% or more but less than 100% of the amount due, you must pay the<br />
remainder by the 10 th of the month following the due date. If you do not pay<br />
100% of the remaining balance by the 10 th of this following month, PSERS will<br />
charge interest on the unpaid amount each day from the original due date until<br />
full payment is received.<br />
Example: If you withheld $100,000 in Member (Employee) Contributions during<br />
the month of February, you must remit at least $90,000 to PSERS by March 10 th .<br />
If you remit less than this amount, you will be charged interest on the remaining<br />
due amount each day starting on March 11 th and continuing until you remit<br />
payment in full. If the full $100,000 is not received by April 10 th , interest will be<br />
charged on the remaining due amount each day starting on March 11 th and<br />
continuing until the full $100,000 has been remitted.<br />
• All Member (Employee) Contribution payments you make based on the due date<br />
and posting date will be applied to the oldest Member (Employee) Contribution<br />
receivable in your account at PSERS. Member (Employee) Contribution<br />
receivables include:<br />
<br />
<br />
Each month’s Member (Employee) Contribution amount, as reported in<br />
that month’s Work Report and in any Work Report Adjustments.<br />
Any interest that has been charged for late payment of a month’s<br />
Member (Employee) Contribution amount.<br />
186<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments<br />
At any given time, some of your employees may be purchasing service credit through<br />
payroll deductions. In this case, you must include these deductions in your monthly<br />
Work Reports, and you must remit these installment payments to PSERS as follows:<br />
• Member Purchase of Service (POS) Installment payments are due at PSERS by<br />
the 10 th of each month for the previous month.<br />
• If the Member POS Installments you remit to PSERS are less than 100% of the<br />
amount due for that month, you will be charged interest on the unpaid amount at<br />
a rate of 6% per annum until payment in full is received. PSERS will assess<br />
interest charges on the 21 st of each month for each day the payment was late,<br />
starting with the 11 th of the month and continuing until full payment is received.<br />
Example: If you withheld $10,000 in Member POS Installments during the<br />
month of February, you must remit $10,000 to PSERS by March 10 th . If you<br />
remit less than this amount, you will be charged interest on the remaining due<br />
amount each day starting on March 11 th .<br />
For more information on interest charges, see Delinquency Interest Calculations<br />
on page 190.<br />
• All Member POS Installment payments you make will be applied to the oldest<br />
Member POS Installment receivable based on the due date and posting date in<br />
your account at PSERS. Member POS Installment receivables include:<br />
<br />
<br />
Each month’s Member POS Installment amount, as reported in that<br />
month’s Work Report and in any Work Report Adjustments.<br />
Any interest that has been charged for late payment of a month’s<br />
Member POS Installment amount.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
187
Employer Contributions<br />
You must pay your (the employer) share of your employees’ retirement contributions on<br />
a quarterly basis. The amount due is based on the total salaries you reported during that<br />
quarter in your monthly Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments.<br />
PSERS will mail an Employer Statement of Accounts to you each month so you can see<br />
the amount due for each quarter as that quarter progresses and after it has ended. See<br />
How PSERS Responds to Work Reports and Payments on page 177 for details on this<br />
statement.<br />
An Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter, if needed, is sent as an ad hoc letter 45<br />
days after the end of each quarter. This letter shows any estimated amount due in<br />
addition to the amount shown in your Employer Statement of Accounts. If you have<br />
received an Employer SOA Estimated Addendum Letter, add this amount to the amount<br />
shown in your Employer Statement of Accounts to determine how much to pay to<br />
PSERS for that quarter.<br />
• You must pay your Employer Contributions to PSERS by the due dates shown<br />
on page 185.<br />
• If you pay less than 60% of the quarter’s Employer Contributions by the due date,<br />
you will be charged interest on the unpaid amount at a rate of 6% per annum.<br />
Interest charges will be assessed on the 21 st of each month for each day the<br />
payment was late, starting with the first day it was overdue.<br />
• If you pay at least 60% but less than 100% of the quarter’s Employer<br />
Contributions by the due date, you must pay the remaining amount before the<br />
next quarter’s employer payment is due, or interest will be charged starting with<br />
the original due date.<br />
Example: PSERS must receive payment for at least 60% of your<br />
January/February/March quarter’s Employer Contributions by June 23. If you do<br />
not pay 60% or more by this date, PSERS will charge interest for each day from<br />
June 24 until payment in full is received. If you DO pay 60% or more by June 23,<br />
you must pay the remainder by the time your April/May/June quarter’s Employer<br />
Contributions are due (in this example, September 23). If you do not pay 100%<br />
of the remaining balance from the January/February/ March quarter by<br />
September 23, interest will be charged on the unpaid amount each day from<br />
June 24 until full payment is received.<br />
• All employer contribution payments you make will be applied to the oldest<br />
Employer Contributions receivable based on the due dates and posting dates in<br />
your account at PSERS. Employer contribution receivables include:<br />
<br />
<br />
Each quarter’s Employer Contributions amount.<br />
Any interest that has been charged for late payment of a quarter’s<br />
Employer Contributions amount.<br />
188<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Employer Share Income Aid Ratio & Reimbursements - Act 29<br />
With the passage of Act 29, all PSERS employers that are designated as school<br />
entities (public school districts and charter schools) are subject to the following:<br />
• The school entity is billed for 100% of the employer’s share of retirement<br />
contributions.<br />
• The Commonwealth reimburses the school entity for 50% of the employer’s<br />
share of retirement contributions for their EXISTING employees.<br />
• The Commonwealth reimburses the school entity for the retirement<br />
contributions multiplied by the employer’s income/aid ratio (or 50%, whichever<br />
is greater) for their NEW employees.<br />
• The date used to determine “new” and “existing” employees is the initial date<br />
of PSERS membership.<br />
Administering Act 29 Subsidies<br />
The Pennsylvania Department of Education is responsible for administering subsidies.<br />
Please contact the Department of Education regarding all subsidy inquiries.<br />
Income Aid Ratio<br />
All questions related to the income aid ratio formula should be directed to -<br />
Barbara Nelson<br />
Department of Education<br />
Bureau of Budget and Fiscal Management<br />
(717) 787-5423<br />
Subsidy Distribution<br />
Questions pertaining to subsidy distributions and their payment should be directed to -<br />
Anita Butcher<br />
School Finance Division<br />
Labor, Education & Community Services Comptroller's Office<br />
(717) 783-9010<br />
Questions pertaining to PSERS member salaries used in subsidy distributions should<br />
be directed to -<br />
Bill Dudley<br />
Manager of General Accounting Division<br />
PSERS<br />
(717) 720-4639 or via e-mail at – wdudley@state.pa.us<br />
Non-School Entities & Act 29<br />
This change in billing and reimbursement of the employer’s share of retirement<br />
contributions does not affect non-school entities. The Commonwealth and your<br />
school district will continue to be billed for 50% of the employer share of retirement<br />
contributions.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
189
Delinquency Interest Calculations<br />
Interest is assessed on the 21 st of each month. Interest is charged by the day for any<br />
portion of a past-due amount that was not received as of that day, as follows:<br />
• Member (Employee) Contributions: You must remit at least 90% of each<br />
month’s Member (Employee) Contributions by the 10 th of the following month. If<br />
you remit less than 90% of the amount due, interest will be charged by the day for<br />
any unpaid amount. If you remit at least 90% by the due date, interest does not<br />
accrue until the 11 th of the month following the due date. If PSERS must assess<br />
interest, it will begin to accrue from the day after the due date on any unpaid<br />
amount until 100% of the original due amount has been received.<br />
• Member (Employee) Purchase of Service Installments: You must remit 100%<br />
of each month’s Member Purchase of Service Installments by the 10 th of the<br />
following month. If you remit less than 90% by the due date, interest does not<br />
accrue until the 11 th of the month following the due date. If PSERS must assess<br />
interest, it will begin to accrue from the day after the due date on any unpaid<br />
amount until 100% of the original due amount has been received.<br />
• Employer Contributions: You must remit at least 60% of each quarter’s<br />
Employer Contributions by the due date shown on page 82. If you remit less<br />
than 60% of the amount due, interest will be charged by the day for any unpaid<br />
amount. If you remit at least 60% by the due date, interest does not accrue until<br />
the due date for the following quarter’s Employer Contributions. If the remaining<br />
balance is not paid in full by the next due date, PSERS will charge interest from<br />
the day after the original due date until 100% of the original due amount is<br />
received.<br />
PSERS has the right, at its own discretion, to change the threshold for the due<br />
amounts.<br />
All interest is calculated at the rate of 6% per annum.<br />
190<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
If interest is due, it is calculated as shown in the following example:<br />
Example: You owe $10,000 in Member (Employee) Contributions for September 2006<br />
and another $10,000 for October 2006. You pay $8,000 on October 15, and $8,000 on<br />
November 15. Interest is charged as follows:<br />
Sep-06 $10,000.00 Monthly member contribution due October 10th<br />
- 8,000.00 Paid October 15<br />
2,000.00 Amount still owed<br />
+ 8.35 Interest due on the $10,000 (September 2006) from<br />
October 10-15<br />
+ 1.98 Additional interest due on the $2,000 still owed from<br />
October 15-21<br />
$10.33 Total interest owed for September 2006<br />
$2,010.33 New total balance due to PSERS<br />
Oct-06 $2,010.33 Balance carried forward from September<br />
$10,000.00 Monthly member contributions due November 10th<br />
- 8,000.00 Paid November 15<br />
- 2,010.33 Amount used from November 15 payment to payoff<br />
previous debt<br />
- 5,989.67 Remainder paid towards the $10,000 due on<br />
November 10<br />
4,010.33 Amount still owed<br />
+ 8.25 Interest due on the $2,000 (September 2006) from<br />
November 10-15<br />
+ 4.01 Additional interest due on the $4,010.33 still owed<br />
from November 15-21<br />
$4,030.94 New total due to PSERS<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
191
Avoiding Interest Charges<br />
Interest is calculated automatically. PSERS staff can only waive interest charges under<br />
exceptional circumstances. It is your responsibility to pay your due amounts by the<br />
appropriate date and to pay any interest that is charged for late payments.<br />
• Unpaid contributions and subsequent interest charges may be recovered from<br />
your Basic Education Subsidy distribution from the Department of Education.<br />
• For charter schools, Act 9 of May 17, 2001, allows PSERS to collect<br />
delinquent employer and employee contribution payments due from a charter<br />
school through the sponsoring district’s state subsidy. When the PSERS<br />
Board of Trustees certifies a delinquency, the Department of Education will<br />
pay the delinquent amount directly to PSERS rather than to the charter school.<br />
To avoid interest charges, we suggest you take the following steps:<br />
• If you are mailing a check, mail it at least five days before it is due to ensure it<br />
arrives by the due date. For payments that are due by the 10 th of the month, this<br />
means you should mail each check by the 5 th of the month.<br />
• Always include a payment coupon with your check as described under Methods<br />
of Remittance. If there is no payment coupon, the bank will forward the check<br />
to PSERS, which will delay processing of this check. The payment will not<br />
count as received until the check arrives at PSERS.<br />
• Always check the amount you remit against your Employer Statement of<br />
Accounts. An Employer Statement of Accounts is mailed to you each month so<br />
you can see any discrepancies between the amount you remitted to PSERS and<br />
the amount that was due. This statement also shows any interest charges to<br />
your account allowing you to adjust your payments to cover these. For details on<br />
this statement, see How PSERS Responds to Work Reports and Payments on<br />
page 177.<br />
• Correct your employees’ contribution rates promptly if you are notified of a<br />
mismatch. If you withhold at the wrong contribution rate, you will see a<br />
message about this when you submit monthly Work Report Records for this<br />
employee. If you receive this message, correct the contribution rate in your<br />
accounting software. You will need to work directly with the employee to<br />
collect or refund the extra contributions.<br />
• Submit your monthly Work Reports before the 10 th of the month. This allows<br />
you to check the total amount of your Member (Employee) Contributions and<br />
Member Purchase of Service Installments before you remit these to PSERS.<br />
192<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
When your Employer Statement of Accounts shows a different<br />
due amount than you remitted<br />
It is your responsibility to reconcile differences. Compare all contributions posted by<br />
PSERS and displayed on the Employer Statement of Accounts to the contributions<br />
actually withheld from your employees’ paychecks.<br />
If the total amount remitted is lower than the charge<br />
This indicates you have under-withheld contributions from one or more employees.<br />
You are responsible for collecting those contributions from the employee(s). The<br />
employee’s personal check should be made payable to you, the employer. You<br />
should include that amount with your next Member (Employee) Contributions payment<br />
to PSERS or sooner to avoid interest charges.<br />
If the total amount remitted exceeds the charge<br />
Examine your records to determine if contributions were withheld from employees at<br />
too high a rate or were withheld from employees who did not qualify for PSERS<br />
membership. You should return to the employee(s) any excess contributions<br />
withheld. The credit amount can be deducted from your next payment amount due.<br />
If your withholdings were correct, you may have under-reported salaries and<br />
contributions in your monthly Work Reports. In this case, submit a Work Report<br />
Adjustment to correct the error(s).<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
193
Methods of Remittance<br />
Payment By Check with a Payment Coupon<br />
Make the check payable to the Public School Employees’ Retirement System. Mail<br />
the payment to:<br />
Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />
PO Box 643623<br />
Pittsburgh, PA 15264-3623<br />
Do not mix different types of payments in the same check. Send separate checks for<br />
your Member (Employee) Contributions, Member Purchase of Service Installments,<br />
and Employer Contributions.<br />
• If you combine different types of payments in a single check, this check will be<br />
forwarded to PSERS at our Harrisburg address. PSERS will charge interest if<br />
this forwarding causes the payment to be received after the due date.<br />
• Include a payment coupon with your payment. Do NOT include any other<br />
paperwork (such as a copy of your payroll records). Any extra paperwork will<br />
be thrown away and may cause a delay in processing your payment.<br />
• If you send a check to the Pittsburgh address without a payment coupon, this<br />
check will be forwarded to PSERS at the Harrisburg address. PSERS will<br />
charge interest if this forwarding causes the payment to be received after the<br />
due date.<br />
The appropriate coupon MUST accompany the check:<br />
• Include a Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions (PSRS-70) coupon<br />
with all Member Contribution payments.<br />
• Include a Monthly Remittance of Member POS Installments (PSRS-2025)<br />
coupon with all Member Purchase of Service Installment payments.<br />
• Include an Employer Contribution Remittances (PSRS-608) coupon with all<br />
Employer Contribution payments.<br />
These coupons are detailed later in this section.<br />
194<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Payment By Check WITHOUT a Payment Coupon<br />
Do NOT send a check to the Pittsburgh address if:<br />
• The check does not have a payment coupon.<br />
• You are including additional documentation needed by PSERS to process the<br />
payment.<br />
Instead, mail the check to:<br />
Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />
PO Box 125<br />
Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />
Completion of Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions<br />
Coupon (PSRS-70)<br />
You must complete this coupon when submitting Member (Employee) Contribution<br />
payments to PSERS. Submit the coupon with the payment.<br />
Each June, all employers who remit payment for Member Contributions by check are<br />
provided with a supply of Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions coupons.<br />
If you do not receive your coupons, you can obtain the Monthly Remittance of<br />
Employee Contributions by contacting the Accounts Receivable Unit at<br />
1-888-773-7748, extension 4906.<br />
The coupon is pre-filled with your reporting unit name and four-digit identification<br />
number. You should write the amount of the payment on the line provided.<br />
Monthly Remittance of Employee Contributions (PSRS-70)<br />
If you are paying interest or more than one month’s Member Contributions, you do not<br />
need to note this – simply fill in the total. PSERS will apply the payment to the oldest<br />
Member Contribution receivable automatically. After filling in the dollar amount, send<br />
the coupon and your check to our Pittsburgh address.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
195
Completion of Monthly Remittance of Member POS<br />
Installments Coupon (PSRS-2025)<br />
This coupon must be completed when submitting Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installment payments to PSERS. Submit the coupon with the payment.<br />
Each June, all employers who remit payment for Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installments by check are provided with a supply of Monthly Remittance of Member<br />
POS Installments coupons.<br />
If you do not receive your coupons, you can obtain the Monthly Remittance of Member<br />
POS Installments by contacting the Accounts Receivable Unit at 1-888-773-7748,<br />
extension 4906.<br />
The coupon is pre-filled with your reporting unit name and four-digit identification<br />
number.<br />
Monthly Remittance of Member POS Installments (PSRS-2025)<br />
If you are paying interest or more than one month’s Member Purchase of Service<br />
Installments, you do not need to note this – simply fill in the total. PSERS will apply<br />
the payment to the oldest Member Purchase of Service Installments receivable<br />
automatically. After filling in the dollar amount, send the coupon and your check to<br />
our Pittsburgh address.<br />
Completion of Employer Contribution Remittance (PSRS-608)<br />
This coupon must be completed when submitting Employer Contribution payments to<br />
PSERS. Submit the coupon with the payment.<br />
Each June, all employers who remit payment for Employer Contributions by check are<br />
provided with a supply of Employer Contribution Remittances coupons.<br />
If you do not receive your coupons, you can obtain the Employer Contribution<br />
Remittances coupons by contacting the Accounts Receivable Unit at 1-888-773-7748,<br />
extension 4906.<br />
The coupon is pre-filled with your reporting unit name and four-digit identification<br />
number.<br />
196<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Employer Contribution Remittances (PSRS-608)<br />
If you are paying interest or more than one quarter’s Employer Contributions, you do<br />
not need to note this – simply fill in the total. PSERS will apply the payment to the<br />
oldest Employer Contributions receivable automatically. After filling in the dollar<br />
amount, send the coupon and your check to our Pittsburgh address.<br />
Payment by Automated Clearing House (ACH)<br />
ACH is a method where funds from your (the employer’s) bank account are<br />
transferred directly to PSERS through the Federal Reserve System. There are two<br />
methods for making a payment:<br />
• Internet method<br />
• Touch-tone method<br />
Internet Method<br />
To make a payment via the Internet Method, you must log on to PNC Bank’s Cash<br />
Concentration website. This web address is included with the instructions that are sent<br />
along with your authorization to use the ACH method.<br />
• Enter your company ID, user ID, and your password.<br />
• Click on “Initiate Transaction”.<br />
• Enter the dollar amount and the effective date of the payment using the<br />
mm/dd/yy format for the date. (Example: Enter 06/09/07 if the effective<br />
date is June 6, 2007.) Click “Continue”.<br />
• Verify the data you entered and click “Approve” to submit the transaction.<br />
• Print the Transaction Confirmation page. Keep this for your records in case a<br />
change must be made to the original transaction.<br />
• Click “Log Out” before you exit the website.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
197
Touch-tone Method<br />
The toll-free phone number is 1-800-251-5172.<br />
Upon answering your call, the system will deliver a welcome message with a reminder<br />
to dial a # sign after each entry.<br />
• The system first prompts for the company ID, a user ID, and a password.<br />
• When prompted for the deposit amount, enter the amount in dollars and cents<br />
using the star key (*) for the decimal point. (Example: Enter 750*00 for<br />
$750.00.) Follow your entry with the # sign.<br />
• The system will state, “You have entered xxx dollars and yy cents. Is that<br />
correct?” Enter 1 if correct or 0 if incorrect, followed by the # sign.<br />
• If you enter 1 for correct, the system will generate a confirmation number,<br />
which will be stated twice. You should record this number.<br />
• If you enter 0 for incorrect, the system will prompt you for the amount again.<br />
• Enter the effective date of the payment using the mmddyy format. (Example:<br />
Enter 060907 if the effective date is June 6, 2007.)<br />
• When done, enter the # sign and hang up.<br />
ACH Payment Corrections<br />
For corrections or deletions, please call 1-800-251-5172 and have your confirmation<br />
number ready.<br />
ACH Assistance<br />
For information about submitting payments via ACH, contact the Accounts Receivable<br />
Unit at 1-888-773-7748, extension 4906 or 4898.<br />
If Payments Are Not Received by PSERS<br />
School Districts<br />
Unpaid contributions and subsequent interest charges may be recovered from your<br />
Basic Education Subsidy distribution from the Department of Education.<br />
Charter Schools<br />
Act 9 of May 17, 2001, allows PSERS to collect delinquent employer and employee<br />
contribution payments due from a charter school through the sponsoring district’s<br />
state subsidy.<br />
When the PSERS Board of Trustees certifies a delinquency, the Department of<br />
Education will pay the delinquent amount directly to PSERS rather than to the charter<br />
school.<br />
198<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Chapter<br />
20<br />
Refund of Contributions / Credit for<br />
Salary Reported<br />
There are occasions when you may have reported salaries, whether actually paid or<br />
not, to PSERS and may have paid contributions for employees who did not meet<br />
membership eligibility requirements for the time that was reported. There are three<br />
primary occasions when this happens:<br />
• If you withhold contributions from the first day of employment for a part-time<br />
employee who does not work at least 80 days or 500 hours during that school<br />
year.<br />
• If you report salary (whether actually paid or not) for an employee who is on<br />
any contributing leave EXCEPT for an activated military leave of absence,<br />
and this employee does not return from the leave or upon returning does not<br />
remain in your employ for a period of time at least equal to the length of the<br />
leave.<br />
• If you report salary for an employee who is on any contributing leave, and this<br />
employee voluntarily extends the leave beyond the time of the original<br />
sabbatical leave, special sick leave, exchange leave, or leave for professional<br />
study.<br />
In these situations, you are eligible to receive credit for any Employer Contributions<br />
you paid to PSERS. The employee is also eligible to receive a refund of any Member<br />
Contributions paid on this reported salary.<br />
Under certain circumstances, the school board does have the right to waive an<br />
employee’s return to employment after taking a contributing leave, such as with a<br />
special sick leave, a military leave, or a leave in which the employee died. In this<br />
case, the contributions from the leave will not be credited to you or refunded to the<br />
employee. PSERS will include the contributions as part of the benefit calculation at<br />
retirement time.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
199
You CANNOT receive a credit for Employer Contributions you paid for an employee<br />
on an activated military leave (whether contributing or non-contributing). This is true<br />
even if:<br />
• The employee does not return from the leave.<br />
• Upon returning does not remain in your employ for a period of time at least<br />
equal to the length of the leave.<br />
• Does not choose to purchase the service time from the leave.<br />
Exception: If the employee voluntarily extends their military duty beyond the time of<br />
the original military obligation, you may receive a credit for any Employer<br />
Contributions you paid during the voluntary extension. In this case, contact PSERS<br />
as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205.<br />
Credit for Contributions for Part-Time Employees<br />
If a part-time employee does not qualify for PSERS membership in a school year,<br />
you are eligible to receive credit for the Employer Contributions you paid for this<br />
employee.<br />
ALL of the following must be true:<br />
• The employee worked for you part-time.<br />
• You withheld and paid contributions from the employee’s first day of<br />
employment.<br />
• You reported this employee’s salary and contributions to PSERS in your<br />
monthly Work Reports.<br />
• During the entire school year (July 1 – June 30), the employee worked fewer<br />
than 80 days, 500 hours, or the equivalent in combined hours and days<br />
among ALL of the PSERS employers for whom this employee worked.<br />
PSERS will refund the Employer Contributions you paid for these employees<br />
automatically.<br />
• PSERS will post the credit to your account after the final monthly Work Report<br />
of the fiscal (school) year is submitted and processed. This credit will typically<br />
occur in late August.<br />
• If an employee works for multiple school employers, PSERS will wait until all of<br />
these employers have submitted their last relevant monthly Work Report before<br />
issuing any credits for that employee’s salary and contributions.<br />
• PSER will issue a credit for all salary that you reported in the following fields in this<br />
employee’s monthly Work Report Records and Work Report Adjustment Records:<br />
Base, Over Time, and Supplemental. The Excess Salary and the Non Retirement<br />
Covered Compensation fields are not included in the credit process. Therefore,<br />
no contributions are paid on salary entered into these fields.<br />
200<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
• Contact PSERS as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205 if you do<br />
not receive a credit when you feel you should.<br />
• If the employee fails to qualify for membership within the school year, PSERS<br />
will automatically issue a credit to the employee during the fall of the following<br />
school year.<br />
• PSERS will remove the service time reported for the employee during the<br />
school year from the employee’s account if the employee requests and<br />
receives a refund of their contributions.<br />
• Contact PSERS as described in Contacting PSERS on page 205 to receive a<br />
credit for Employer Contributions paid for a part-time employee in a fiscal<br />
year PRIOR to 2004-2005.<br />
Example: An employee works part-time for three school employers during the 2006<br />
– 2007 school year. Each employer includes the employee in their monthly Work<br />
Reports with one employer choosing to withhold contributions from the first day of<br />
employment. The employee works 20 days and 200 hours during the school year<br />
total service among the employers. These combined values do not qualify the<br />
employee for membership in PSERS for the 2006 – 2007 school year. After all three<br />
employers have submitted their Work Reports for August 2007 (due September 10 th ,<br />
with corrections due by September 20 th ), PSERS determines that the employee did<br />
not qualify for contributions that fiscal year. For the employer who withheld<br />
contributions from the first day of employment, PSERS credits the employer’s<br />
contributions for this employee back to their account.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
201
Credit for Salaries & Contributions During a Leave of<br />
Absence<br />
You are eligible to receive a credit for Employee and Employer Contributions you<br />
paid for an employee on leave under certain circumstances.<br />
BOTH of the following must be true:<br />
• The employee was on a qualifying type of Contributing Leave. See <strong>Reporting</strong><br />
– Leaves of Absence on page 113.<br />
• You reported this employee’s salary and contributions to PSERS using<br />
monthly Work Reports (with Work Status set to the type of leave).<br />
ONE of the following must also be true:<br />
• The employee did not return from the leave. To indicate this to PSERS,<br />
submit a Member Contract Record with Work Status set to “TRMNTN –<br />
Termination” and Work Status Start Date set to the date the employee should<br />
have returned and didn’t. If you do not terminate the employee manually and<br />
the employee does not return from leave, PSERS will end-date the<br />
employee’s Member Contract Record(s) automatically at the end of the time<br />
period appropriate for that type of leave.<br />
or…<br />
• The employee returned from the leave but did not remain in your employ for a<br />
period equal to the length of the leave or longer.<br />
or…<br />
• The employee voluntarily extended the leave beyond the time of the original<br />
sabbatical leave, special sick leave, exchange leave, or leave for professional<br />
study. In this case, submit a Member Contract Record with Work Status set<br />
to “TRMNTN – Termination” and Work Status Start Date set to the date the<br />
employee was originally due to return to work.<br />
You CANNOT receive a credit for Employer Contributions you paid for an employee<br />
on an activated military leave. Refer to the top of page 200 for more information.<br />
202<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Complete the Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709) shown below. You will<br />
not receive a check for any contributions that are being refunded. Instead, a credit<br />
for the Employer Contributions and the Member (Employee) Contributions will be<br />
posted to your accounts with PSERS.<br />
Request for <strong>Reporting</strong> Unit Credit (PSRS-709)<br />
• For leaves, PSERS will issue a credit for salary reported in Base, Over Time,<br />
Supplemental, and Unpaid Retirement Covered Compensation fields of<br />
monthly Work Reports and Work Report Adjustments you submit during the<br />
employee leave.<br />
• You will also receive a credit for all Member (Employee) Contributions that<br />
were paid during the leave. You are responsible for refunding these to the<br />
employee.<br />
• PSERS will remove the service time reported for the employee during the<br />
leave from the employee’s account. This is true even if the employee<br />
received partial or full salary during the leave.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
203
Chapter<br />
21<br />
Health Insurance<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
205
Chapter<br />
22<br />
Contacting PSERS<br />
Contacting PSERS through the Online System<br />
You can contact PSERS through the online system as follows:<br />
1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />
familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />
2. From the Employer Services window, click “Contact PSERS” in the left-hand<br />
menu. You will see the following screen:<br />
contactNPAS@state.pa.us<br />
Select a topic from the drop-down menu and then type your message in the<br />
“Comments” field. Include your school districts name and number along with the<br />
phone number of the contact person. When done, click “Submit.”<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
207
Contacting PSERS by Telephone or Fax<br />
The Employer Service Center can be reached at:<br />
1-888-773-7748, extension 4002<br />
or…<br />
Contact your Employer Service Center Representative directly.<br />
If you need to fax a form to PSERS, use this fax number:<br />
(717) 783-8760<br />
Refer to PSERS Telephone Directory at the end of the Employer’s Reference Manual<br />
for Member Benefits to contact another department or person at PSERS.<br />
Contacting PSERS by Mail<br />
You may mail forms and letters to PSERS at this address:<br />
Employer Service Center<br />
Public School Employees’ Retirement System<br />
PO Box 125<br />
Harrisburg, PA 17108-0125<br />
Do NOT use this address for payment by check if you are including a payment<br />
coupon. Instead, see page 194 in Methods of Remittance.<br />
Contacting PSERS by Email<br />
You may email the Employer Service Center at:<br />
ContactESC@state.pa.us<br />
Please be sure to include your name, phone number and your school district in<br />
your message.<br />
208<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING
Obtaining PSERS Forms<br />
Forms within the Online System<br />
The most commonly used forms are available directly in the online system. To view<br />
or download these forms:<br />
1. Access the Employer Services window in the online system. If you are not<br />
familiar with how to do this, see Accessing the Online System on page 1.<br />
2. From the Employer Services window, click “Forms” in the left-hand menu.<br />
You will see the following screen:<br />
From the list of forms, you may:<br />
• View the form on your screen.<br />
or…<br />
• Download the form. Downloading saves a copy of the form on your local<br />
computer, so you can print it whenever needed.<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING<br />
209
Forms on the PSERS Website<br />
If the form you need is not available in the online system, it may be available on<br />
PSERS’ website. Direct your Web browser to:<br />
http://www.<strong>psers</strong>.state.pa.us/er/employer.htm<br />
You will see a screen similar to the following:<br />
Scroll down to see the information under the “Forms & Publications” heading.<br />
Click on the desired form to view or download this form.<br />
Paper Forms<br />
In rare cases, the form you need may not be available in the online system or on<br />
PSERS’ website. In this case, contact PSERS to obtain a copy of this form.<br />
210<br />
EMPLOYER’S REFERENCE MANUAL<br />
FOR REPORTING